]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/doc/tm.texi.in
libgomp.texi: Fix deprecation note for omp_{get,set}_nested + OMP_NESTED
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / doc / tm.texi.in
CommitLineData
a945c346 1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d77de738
ML
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file. The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}. The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}. The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine. @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure:: The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver:: Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target:: Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data:: Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout:: Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout:: Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers:: Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes:: Defining the classes of hardware registers.
35* Stack and Calling:: Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs:: Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines:: Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls:: Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes:: Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses:: Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code:: Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs:: Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling:: Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections:: Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC:: Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format:: Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info:: Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point:: Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching:: Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes:: Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS:: Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors:: MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target:: Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI:: Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* D Language and ABI:: Controlling D ABI changes.
a7ea90e4 56* Rust Language and ABI:: Controlling Rust ABI changes.
d77de738
ML
57* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
58* Misc:: Everything else.
59@end menu
60
61@node Target Structure
62@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
63@cindex target hooks
64@cindex target functions
65
66@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
67The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
68which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
69machine. The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
70@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
71used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
72for elements of the structure. The @file{.c} file should override those
73macros for which the default definition is inappropriate. For example:
74@smallexample
75#include "target.h"
76#include "target-def.h"
77
78/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.} */
79
80#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
81#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
82
83struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
84@end smallexample
85@end deftypevar
86
87Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
88form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
89``Target Hook'' with a prototype. Many macros will change in future
90from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
91@code{targetm} structure.
92
93Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
94specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
95Target Hook''. This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
96initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
97@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}. If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
98themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
99@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
100
101Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
102are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
103documented as ``Common Target Hook''. This is declared in
104@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
105@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
106@file{common/common-target-def.h}. If targets initialize
107@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
108@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
109default definition is used.
110
111Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are
112specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''.
113This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer
114@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}. If targets
115initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set
116@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default
117definition is used.
118
b1c06fd9
IB
119Similarly, there is a @code{targetrustm} variable for hooks that are
120specific to the Rust language front end, documented as ``Rust Target
121Hook''. This is declared in @file{rust/rust-target.h}, the initializer
122@code{TARGETRUSTM_INITIALIZER} in @file{rust/rust-target-def.h}.
123If targets initialize @code{targetrustm} themselves, they should set
124@code{target_has_targetrustm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
125default definition is used.
126
d77de738
ML
127@node Driver
128@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
129@cindex driver
130@cindex controlling the compilation driver
131
132@c prevent bad page break with this line
133You can control the compilation driver.
134
135@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
136A list of specs for the driver itself. It should be a suitable
137initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
138
139The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
140default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
141choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands. It
142applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
143options added by earlier ones. It is also possible to remove options
144using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
145
146This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
147options. It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
148that the other specs are easier to write.
149
150Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
151@end defmac
152
153@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
154A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
155@option{--with} options) in the driver. It should be a suitable initializer
156for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
157outermost pair of surrounding braces.
158
159The first item in the pair is the name of the default. This must match
160the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target. The second item is a spec
161to apply if a default with this name was specified. The string
162@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
163everywhere it occurs.
164
165The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
166default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
167the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
168
169Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
170@end defmac
171
172@defmac CPP_SPEC
173A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
174pass to CPP@. It can also specify how to translate options you
175give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
176
177Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
178@end defmac
179
180@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
181This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
182than C@. If you do not define this macro, then the value of
183@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
184@end defmac
185
186@defmac CC1_SPEC
187A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
188pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
189front ends.
190It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
191for GCC to pass to front ends.
192
193Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
194@end defmac
195
196@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
197A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
198pass to @code{cc1plus}. It can also specify how to translate options you
199give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
200
201Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
202Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
203@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
204CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac ASM_SPEC
208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
209pass to the assembler. It can also specify how to translate options
210you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
211See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
212
213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
214@end defmac
215
216@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
217A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
218run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
219Normally, this is not needed. See the file @file{mips.h} for
220an example of this.
221
222Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
223@end defmac
224
225@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
226Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
227an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
228read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
229output of the compiler proper). This argument is given after any
230@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
231
232If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
233standard input if given no non-option arguments. If your assembler
234cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
235see @file{mips.h} for instance.
236@end defmac
237
238@defmac LINK_SPEC
239A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
240pass to the linker. It can also specify how to translate options you
241give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
242
243Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
244@end defmac
245
246@defmac LIB_SPEC
247Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The difference
248between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
249command given to the linker.
250
251If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
252loads the standard C library from the usual place. See @file{gcc.cc}.
253@end defmac
254
255@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
256Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
257how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
258linker command line. This constant is placed both before and after
259the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
260
261If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
262passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
263@end defmac
264
265@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
266By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
267@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
268instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
269depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
270@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}. On
271targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
272@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead. @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
273driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
274line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
275@end defmac
276
277@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
278A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
279mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}. If nonzero, a spec will be
280generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
281shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
282static exception handler library, when linking without any of
283@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
284@end defmac
285
286@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
287If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
288When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
289the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
290@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
291@end defmac
292
293@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
295difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
296the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
297
298If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
299standard C startup file from the usual place. See @file{gcc.cc}.
300@end defmac
301
302@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
303Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}. The
304difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
305the very end of the command given to the linker.
306
307Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
308@end defmac
309
310@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
311GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
312However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
313models, such as AIX 4.3. On such platforms, define
314@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
315blanks that names one of the recognized thread models. @code{%*}, the
316default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
317@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
318@end defmac
319
320@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
321Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
322configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
323et al, within sysroot+suffix.
324@end defmac
325
326@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
327Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
328GCC is configured with a sysroot. This will cause GCC to pass the
329updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
330usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
331@end defmac
332
333@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
334Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
335@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
336@code{CC1_SPEC}.
337
338The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
339containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
340string constant that provides the specification.
341
342Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
343
344@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
345related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
346to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
347these definitions.
348
349For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
350define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
351used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
352used.
353
354The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
355
356@smallexample
357#define EXTRA_SPECS \
358 @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
359
360#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
361@end smallexample
362
363The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
364@smallexample
365#undef CPP_SPEC
366#define CPP_SPEC \
367"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
368%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
369%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
370%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
371
372#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
373#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
374@end smallexample
375
376while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
377@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
378
379@smallexample
380#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
381#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
382@end smallexample
383@end defmac
384
385@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
386Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
387@file{libgcc.a}. If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
388the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
389@end defmac
390
391@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
392The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
393By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
394@end defmac
395
396@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
397Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
398The default value of this macro is empty string.
399@end defmac
400
401@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
402A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
403linker. When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
404change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.cc}. Therefore,
405define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
406line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
407the effect you need. Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
408@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
409@end defmac
410
411@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
412
413@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
414Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
415string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
416target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
417@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
418
419Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
420the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
421@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
422@xref{Target Fragment}.
423@end defmac
424
425@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
426Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
427a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
428indicates an absolute file name.
429@end defmac
430
431@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
432If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
433@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
434when the compiler is built as a cross
435compiler. If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
436to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
437@end defmac
438
439@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
440Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
441standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
442try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
443@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
444is built as a cross compiler.
445@end defmac
446
447@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
448Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
449standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
450when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
451@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
452is built as a cross compiler.
453@end defmac
454
455@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
456Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
457standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
458default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
459@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
460is built as a cross compiler.
461@end defmac
462
463@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
464If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
465standard prefixes. @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
466compiler is built as a cross compiler.
467@end defmac
468
469@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
470If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
471standard prefixes. It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
472cross compiler.
473@end defmac
474
475@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
476Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
477variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
478loader. The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
479initialize the necessary environment variables.
480@end defmac
481
482@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
483Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
484standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
485try when searching for local header files. @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
486comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
487@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
488
489Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
490replacement.
491@end defmac
492
493@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
494The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
495See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
496If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
497@end defmac
498
499@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
500Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
501for include files. For a native compiler, the default search path
502usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
503@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
504@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}. In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
505and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
506and specify private search areas for GCC@. The directory
507@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
508
509The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
510Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
511string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
512for C++-only directories,
513and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
514wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++. Mark the end of
515the array with a null element.
516
517The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
518if any, in all uppercase letters. For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
519or @samp{BINUTILS}. If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
520operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
521
522For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
523
524@smallexample
525#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
526@{ \
527 @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@}, \
528 @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@}, \
529 @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@}, \
530 @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@}, \
531 @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@} \
532@}
533@end smallexample
534@end defmac
535
536Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
537
538@enumerate
539@item
540Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
541
542@item
543The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
544is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
545@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
546
547@item
548The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
549
550@item
551The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
552in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
553
554@item
555The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
556
557@item
558The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
559
560@item
561The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
562compiler.
563@end enumerate
564
565Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
566
567@enumerate
568@item
569Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
570
571@item
572The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
573value based on the installed toolchain location.
574
575@item
576The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
577(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
578
579@item
580The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
581in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
582
583@item
584The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
585
586@item
587The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
588compiler.
589
590@item
591The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
592native compiler, or we have a target system root.
593
594@item
595The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
596native compiler, or we have a target system root.
597
598@item
599The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
600If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
601the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
602
603@item
604The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
605compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
606@file{/lib/}.
607
608@item
609The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
610compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
611@file{/usr/lib/}.
612@end enumerate
613
614@node Run-time Target
615@section Run-time Target Specification
616@cindex run-time target specification
617@cindex predefined macros
618@cindex target specifications
619
620@c prevent bad page break with this line
621Here are run-time target specifications.
622
623@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
624This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
625built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
626the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
627@code{builtin_assert}. When the front end
628calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
629finished command line option processing your code can use those
630results freely.
631
632@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
633command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
634the assertion. @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
635accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
636
637@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
638object-like macro. If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
639@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally. Otherwise, it
640defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
641with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
642only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line. For
643example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
644and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
645@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
646defines only @code{_ABI64}.
647
648You can also test for the C dialect being compiled. The variable
649@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
650or @code{clk_objective_c}. Note that if we are preprocessing
651assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
652macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
653to check for that first. If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
654variable @code{flag_iso} can be used. The function-like macro
655@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
656preprocessing.
657@end defmac
658
659@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
660Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
661and is used for the target operating system instead.
662@end defmac
663
664@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
665Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
666and is used for the target object format. @file{elfos.h} uses this
667macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
668it yourself.
669@end defmac
670
671@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
672This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
673any target-specific headers.
674@end deftypevar
675
676@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
677This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
678Its default setting is 0.
679@end deftypevr
680
681@cindex optional hardware or system features
682@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
683
684@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
685This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
686target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
687(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
688processing and should return true if the option is valid. The default
689definition does nothing but return true.
690
691@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments. @var{opts} and
692@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
693storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
694option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
695via attributes).
696@end deftypefn
697
698@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
699This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
700target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
701definition files(@pxref{Options}). It has the opportunity to do some
702option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
703valid. The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}. The
704default definition does nothing but return false.
705
706In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
707options. However, if processing an option requires routines that are
708only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
709should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
710@end deftypefn
711
712@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
713
714@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
715
716@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
717
718@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
719
720@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
721
722@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
723
724@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
725This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
726but is only used in the C
727language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
728used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
729frontends.
730@end defmac
731
732@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
733Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
734various optimization levels. This variable, if defined, describes
735options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels. These
736options are processed once
737just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
738of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
739options passed explicitly.
740
741This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
742options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
743@code{optimize} attribute.
744@end deftypevr
745
746@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
747
748@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_MULTILIB
749
750
751@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
752Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
753during compilation. For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
754the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16. Source code
755can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
756and @code{nomips16} attributes.
757
758Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
759registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
760operations, and so on. GCC caches a lot of this type of information
761in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
762significant amount of time. The compiler therefore provides a facility
763for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
764switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
765
766Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility. The default
767is 0.
768@end defmac
769
770@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
771
772@node Per-Function Data
773@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
774@cindex per-function data
775@cindex data structures
776
777If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
778provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this. Note, just
779using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
780nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
781when another one comes along.
782
783GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
784contains all of the data specific to an individual function. This
785structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
786@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
787to their own specific data.
788
789If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
790@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
791This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
792@code{init_machine_status}. This pointer is explained below.
793
794One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
795RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address. This
796RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
797function, for level 0.
798
799Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
800all of the per-function information. Thus when processing of a nested
801function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
802stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
803stack. GCC used to provide function pointers called
804@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
805the saving and restoring of the target specific information. Since the
806single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
807longer supported.
808
809@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
810Macro called to initialize any target specific information. This macro
811is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
812The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
813function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
814@end defmac
815
816@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
817If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
818function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
819target to perform any target specific initialization of the
820@code{struct function} structure. It is intended that this would be
821used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
822
823@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
824Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
825GC allocation, including the structure itself.
826@end deftypevar
827
828@node Storage Layout
829@section Storage Layout
830@cindex storage layout
831
832Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
833alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant. They can be C
834expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
835@xref{Run-time Target}.
836
837@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
839byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
840This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
841bit. If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
842be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to. This
843macro need not be a constant.
844
845This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
846bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
847@end defmac
848
849@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
850Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
851word has the lowest number. This macro need not be a constant.
852@end defmac
853
854@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
855Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
856most significant word has the lowest number. This applies to both
857memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
858order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers. This
859macro need not be a constant.
860@end defmac
861
862@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
863On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
864registers in memory. In such a situation, define this macro to describe
865the order of words in a register. The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
866the order of words in memory.
867@end defmac
868
869@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
870Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
871@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
872containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
873have the value 0. This macro need not be a constant.
874
875You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
876multi-word integers.
877@end defmac
878
879@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
880Number of bits in a word. If you do not define this macro, the default
881is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
882@end defmac
883
884@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
885Maximum number of bits in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
886@code{BITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
887largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
888@end defmac
889
890@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
891Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
892register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
893@end defmac
894
895@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
896Minimum number of units in a word. If this is undefined, the default is
897@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
898smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
899@end defmac
900
901@defmac POINTER_SIZE
902Width of a pointer, in bits. You must specify a value no wider than the
903width of @code{Pmode}. If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
904you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}. If you do not specify
905a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
906@end defmac
907
908@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
909A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
910@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}. It is
911greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
912should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
913is needed. In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
914@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
915
916You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
917and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
918@end defmac
919
920@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
921A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
922is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
923stored in a register. This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
924scalar type.
925
926On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
927register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
928@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}. In most
929cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
930floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
931counterparts.
932
933For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
934However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
935either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes. For example, on
936the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
937sign-extend the result to 64 bits. On such machines, set
938@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
939
940Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
941@end defmac
942
943@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
944Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro
945@code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be
946applied.
947
4f4fa250
JJ
948@hook TARGET_C_BITINT_TYPE_INFO
949
55947b32
KL
950@hook TARGET_C_MODE_FOR_FLOATING_TYPE
951
d77de738
ML
952@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
953
954@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
955Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
956bits. All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
957regardless of data type. On most machines, this is the same as the
958size of an integer.
959@end defmac
960
961@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
962Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
963stack pointer on this machine. The definition is a C expression for the
964desired alignment (measured in bits). This value is used as a default
965if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined. On most machines,
966this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
967@end defmac
968
969@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
970Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
971stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces. The definition
972is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits). This
973macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
974@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
975@end defmac
976
977@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
978Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
979from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}. This macro must evaluate
980to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
981@end defmac
982
983@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
984Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
985@end defmac
986
987@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
988Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
989bits. Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
990just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
991@end defmac
992
993@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
994
995@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
996Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
997provide. If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
998@end defmac
999
1000@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
1001Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct. If
1002not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1003@end defmac
1004
1005@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
1006If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
1007object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
1008nearby object. Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
1009on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
1010@end defmac
1011
1012@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
1013Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
1014machine, in bits. If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
1015structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
1016by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
1017@end defmac
1018
1019@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
1020An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
1021type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
1022applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
1023alignment) is @var{computed}. It overrides alignment only if the
1024field alignment has not been set by the
1025@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct. Note that @var{field}
1026may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1027of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
1028@end defmac
1029
1030@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1031Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend. Use this macro
1032to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1033
1034If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1035
1036@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1037@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1038@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1039@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1040@end defmac
1041
1042@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1043Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1044Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1045@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and
1046objects with static storage duration. The alignment of automatic
1047objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum
1048supported by GCC. If not defined, the default value is
1049@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1050
1051On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1052the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
1053a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
1054On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1055@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1056@end defmac
1057
1058@hook TARGET_LOWER_LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT
1059
1060@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1061
1062@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1063If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1064the static store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1065the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1066macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1067
1068If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1069
1070@findex strcpy
1071One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1072make it all fit in fewer cache lines. Another is to cause character
1073arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1074constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1075@end defmac
1076
1077@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1078Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1079some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes. E.g.@
1080AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1081must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1082
1083If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1084@end defmac
1085
1086@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
1087
1088@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1089If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1090the local store. @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1091the alignment that the object would ordinarily have. The value of this
1092macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1093
1094If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1095
1096One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1097make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1098
1099If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1100@end defmac
1101
1102@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1103
1104@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1105If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1106@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1107and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1108have. The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1109align the slot.
1110
1111If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1112@var{type} is @code{NULL}. Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1113be used.
1114
1115This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1116of all possible modes which the slot may have.
1117
1118If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1119@end defmac
1120
1121@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1122If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1123variable @var{decl}.
1124
1125If this macro is not defined, then
1126@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1127is used.
1128
1129One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1130make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1131
1132If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1133@end defmac
1134
1135@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1136If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1137for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1138@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1139
1140If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1141@end defmac
1142
1143@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1144Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1145empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1146
1147If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1148@end defmac
1149
1150@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1151Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1152Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1153
1154If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1155@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1156@end defmac
1157
1158@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1159Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1160if given data not on the nominal alignment. If instructions will merely
1161go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1162@end defmac
1163
1164@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1165Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1166alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1167
1168The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1169@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1170structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1171that type. In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1172that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1173
1174Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1175@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1176four-byte alignment for the whole structure. (The alignment used may
1177not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1178
1179An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1180structure.
1181
1182If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1183a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1184
1185Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1186bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary. The compiler can
1187support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1188@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1189
1190The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1191@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1192Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1193
1194Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1195@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1196@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1197
1198If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1199bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1200what the other compiler does. Compile and run this program:
1201
1202@smallexample
1203struct foo1
1204@{
1205 char x;
1206 char :0;
1207 char y;
1208@};
1209
1210struct foo2
1211@{
1212 char x;
1213 int :0;
1214 char y;
1215@};
1216
1217main ()
1218@{
1219 printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1220 sizeof (struct foo1));
1221 printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1222 sizeof (struct foo2));
1223 exit (0);
1224@}
1225@end smallexample
1226
1227If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1228get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1229@end defmac
1230
1231@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1232Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1233to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1234@end defmac
1235
1236@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
1237
1238@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
1239
1240@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
1241
1242@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1243Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1244by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1245way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1246@var{specified}.
1247
1248The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1249the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1250@end defmac
1251
1252@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1253An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1254machine mode that should actually be used. All integer machine modes of
1255this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1256appropriate sizes. If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1257(DImode)} is assumed.
1258@end defmac
1259
1260@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
1261If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1262specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1263@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1264@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1265@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1266having its mode specified.
1267
1268You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}. You
1269would most commonly define this macro if the
1270@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
127164-bit mode.
1272@end defmac
1273
1274@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
1275If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1276specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1277@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1278
1279You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1280You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1281pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1282@end defmac
1283
1284@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
1285
1286@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
1287
1288@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
1289
1290@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
1291
1292@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
1293
1294@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
1295
1296@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
1297
1298@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
1299
1300@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
1301
6978df2c
JJ
1302@hook TARGET_EMIT_SUPPORT_TINFOS
1303
d77de738
ML
1304@node Type Layout
1305@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1306
1307These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1308basic data types used in programs being compiled. Unlike the macros in
1309the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1310languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1311
1312@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1313A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1314target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1315@end defmac
1316
1317@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1318A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1319target machine. If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1320(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1321unit.)
1322@end defmac
1323
1324@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1325A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1326target machine. If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1327@end defmac
1328
1329@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1330On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1331@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@. In
1332that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1333the size of that type. If you don't define this, the default is the
1334value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1335@end defmac
1336
1337@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1338A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1339target machine. If you don't define this, the default is two
1340words. If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1341macro must be at least 64.
1342@end defmac
1343
1344@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1345A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1346target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1347@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1348@end defmac
1349
1350@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1351A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1352C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine. If you don't define
1353this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1354@end defmac
1355
d77de738
ML
1356@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1357A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1358the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1359@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1360@end defmac
1361
1362@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1363A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1364the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1365@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1366@end defmac
1367
1368@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1369A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1370the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1371@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1372@end defmac
1373
1374@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1375A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1376the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1377@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1378@end defmac
1379
1380@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1381A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1382the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1383@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1384@end defmac
1385
1386@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1387A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1388the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1389@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1390@end defmac
1391
1392@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1393A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1394the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1395@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1396@end defmac
1397
1398@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1399A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1400the target machine. If you don't define this, the default is
1401@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1402@end defmac
1403
1404@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1405This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1406hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true. It
1407causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1408prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}. A port which
1409uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1410the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1411@end defmac
1412
1413@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1414A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1415supported by the hardware. If you define this macro, you must specify a
55947b32
KL
1416value less than or equal to mode precision of the mode used for C type
1417@code{long double} (from hook @code{targetm.c.mode_for_floating_type}
1418with argument @code{TI_LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE}). If you do not define this
1419macro, mode precision of the mode used for C type @code{long double} is
1420the default.
d77de738
ML
1421@end defmac
1422
1423@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1424An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1425@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default. The user can
1426always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1427and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1428@end defmac
1429
1430@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
1431
1432@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1433A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1434for size values. The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1435contents of the string.
1436
1437The string can contain more than one keyword. If so, separate them with
1438spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1439appropriate, and finally @code{int}. The string must exactly match one
1440of the data type names defined in the function
1441@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.cc}.
1442You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1443compiler to crash on startup.
1444
1445If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1446int"}.
1447@end defmac
1448
1449@defmac SIZETYPE
1450GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1451@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1452dealing with size. This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1453the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1454is extracted.
1455
1456The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1457
1458If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1459@end defmac
1460
1461@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1462A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1463for the result of subtracting two pointers. The typedef name
1464@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string. See
1465@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1466
1467If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1468@end defmac
1469
1470@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1471A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1472for wide characters. The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1473the contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1474information.
1475
1476If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1477@end defmac
1478
1479@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1480A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1481characters. This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1482@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1483@end defmac
1484
1485@defmac WINT_TYPE
1486A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1487use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1488@code{getwc}. The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1489contents of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1490information.
1491
1492If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1493@end defmac
1494
1495@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1496A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1497can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1498The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1499string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1500
1501If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1502@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1503much precision as @code{long long int}.
1504@end defmac
1505
1506@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1507A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1508can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1509type. The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1510of the string. See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1511
1512If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1513@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1514unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1515int}.
1516@end defmac
1517
1518@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1519@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1520@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1521@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1522@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1523@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1524@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1525@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1527@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1528@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1529@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1530@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1531@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1532@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1533@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1535@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1536@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1537@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1538@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1539@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1540@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1541@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1542@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1543@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1544@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1545C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1546@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1547@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1548@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1549@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1550@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1551@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1552@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1553@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}. See
1554@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1555
1556If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1557type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1558@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1559to C99, depending on the type in question. The defaults for all of
1560these macros are null pointers.
1561@end defmac
1562
1563@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1564The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1565that looks like:
1566
1567@smallexample
1568 struct @{
1569 union @{
1570 void (*fn)();
1571 ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1572 @};
1573 ptrdiff_t delta;
1574 @};
1575@end smallexample
1576
1577@noindent
1578The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1579will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1580Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1581always be zero. Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1582distinguish which variant of the union is in use. But, on some
1583platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work. In
1584that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1585the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1586
1587GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1588this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1589However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1590set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1591bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1592address is in ARM or Thumb mode. If this is the case of your
1593architecture, you should define this macro to
1594@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1595
1596In general, you should not have to define this macro. On architectures
1597in which function addresses are always even, according to
1598@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1599@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1600@end defmac
1601
1602@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1603Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables. This
1604macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1605instead. Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1606function pointer is actually a small data structure. Normally the
1607data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1608pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1609
1610If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1611of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1612@end defmac
1613
1614@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1615By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1616is the same as pointer alignment. The value of this macro specifies
1617the alignment of the vtable entry in bits. It should be defined only
1618when special alignment is necessary. */
1619@end defmac
1620
1621@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1622There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1623zero. If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1624specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1625of words in each data entry.
1626@end defmac
1627
1628@node Registers
1629@section Register Usage
1630@cindex register usage
1631
1632This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1633has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1634
1635The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1636done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}. For information
1637on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1638For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1639For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1640
1641@menu
1642* Register Basics:: Number and kinds of registers.
1643* Allocation Order:: Order in which registers are allocated.
1644* Values in Registers:: What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1645* Leaf Functions:: Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1646* Stack Registers:: Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1647@end menu
1648
1649@node Register Basics
1650@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1651
1652@c prevent bad page break with this line
1653Registers have various characteristics.
1654
1655@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1656Number of hardware registers known to the compiler. They receive
1657numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1658pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1659@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1660@end defmac
1661
1662@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1663@cindex fixed register
1664An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1665all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1666general allocation. These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1667pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1668register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1669machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1670and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1671
1672This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1673commas and surrounded by braces. The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1674register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1675
1676The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1677the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1678by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1679the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1680@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1681@end defmac
1682
1683@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1684@cindex call-used register
1685@cindex call-clobbered register
1686@cindex call-saved register
1687Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1688clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1689registers. This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1690available for general allocation of values that must live across
1691function calls.
1692
1693If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1694automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1695exit, if the register is used within the function.
1696
1697Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1698must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1699@end defmac
1700
1701@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1702@cindex call-used register
1703@cindex call-clobbered register
1704@cindex call-saved register
1705Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1706that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1707(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1708
1709Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1710must be defined. Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1711@end defmac
1712
1713@cindex call-used register
1714@cindex call-clobbered register
1715@cindex call-saved register
1716@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI
1717
1718@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI
1719
1720@cindex call-used register
1721@cindex call-clobbered register
1722@cindex call-saved register
1723@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
1724
1725@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME
1726
1727@findex fixed_regs
1728@findex call_used_regs
1729@findex global_regs
1730@findex reg_names
1731@findex reg_class_contents
1732@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
1733
1734@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1735Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1736expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1737corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1738function. Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1739outbound register.
1740@end defmac
1741
1742@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1743Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1744expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1745corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1746function. Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1747register.
1748@end defmac
1749
1750@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1751Define this macro if the target machine has register windows. This C
1752expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1753register window. Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1754need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1755gotos.
1756@end defmac
1757
1758@defmac PC_REGNUM
1759If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1760register number. Otherwise, do not define it.
1761@end defmac
1762
1763@node Allocation Order
1764@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1765@cindex order of register allocation
1766@cindex register allocation order
1767
1768@c prevent bad page break with this line
1769Registers are allocated in order.
1770
1771@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1772If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1773numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1774to use them (from most preferred to least).
1775
1776If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1777(all else being equal).
1778
1779One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1780registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1781instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers. On such
1782machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1783the highest numbered allocable register first.
1784@end defmac
1785
1786@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1787A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1788hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1789
1790Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1791Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1792register; and so on.
1793
1794The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1795@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1796
1797On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1798@end defmac
1799
1800@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1801Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1802prologue and restoring it in the epilogue. This discourages it from
1803using call-saved registers. If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1804allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
1805call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1806macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
1807@end defmac
1808
1809@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1810In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1811Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1812If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1813based on @var{regno}. The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1814be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1815value returned by this macro. Not defining this macro is equivalent
1816to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1817
1818On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1819@end defmac
1820
1821@node Values in Registers
1822@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1823
1824This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1825(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1826consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1827
1828@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
1829
1830@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1831A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1832in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1833in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1834multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1835this mode by the number of registers returned by
1836@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}). By default this is zero.
1837
1838For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1839registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1840nonzero.
1841
1842This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1843@code{subreg_get_info}
1844would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1845represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1846@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1847registers and so not be representable.
1848@end defmac
1849
1850@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1851For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1852@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1853returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1854including any padding. In the example above, the value would be four.
1855@end defmac
1856
1857@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1858Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1859of mode @var{mode} is not the word size. It is a C expression that
1860should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode. It is
1861used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results. This
1862happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1863floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1864@end defmac
1865
1866@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1867
1868@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1869A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1870@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1871
1872One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1873another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1874handler.
1875
1876The default is always nonzero.
1877@end defmac
1878
1879@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
1880
1881@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
1882
1883@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1884Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1885registers. You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1886@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1887@end defmac
1888
1889@node Leaf Functions
1890@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1891
1892@cindex leaf functions
1893@cindex functions, leaf
1894On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1895more efficiently if it does not make its own register window. Often this
1896means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1897are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1898normally arrive.
1899
1900The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1901other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1902registers for its own variables and temporaries. We use the term ``leaf
1903function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1904handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1905functions''.
1906
1907GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1908suitable for leaf function treatment. So it needs to renumber the
1909registers in order to output a leaf function. The following macros
1910accomplish this.
1911
1912@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1913Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1914contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1915function treatment.
1916
1917If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1918registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1919GCC would ordinarily allocate. The registers which will actually be
1920used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1921in this vector.
1922
1923Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1924the treatment of leaf functions.
1925@end defmac
1926
1927@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1928A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1929should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1930
1931If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1932function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1933will cause the compiler to abort.
1934
1935Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1936treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1937this.
1938@end defmac
1939
1940@findex current_function_is_leaf
1941@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1942@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1943@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1944specially. They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1945which is nonzero for leaf functions. @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1946set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1947compiler passes. They can also test the C variable
1948@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1949functions which only use leaf registers.
1950@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1951that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1952@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1953@c changed this to fix overfull. ALSO: why the "it" at the beginning
1954@c of the next paragraph?! --mew 2feb93
1955
1956@node Stack Registers
1957@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1958
1959There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1960``registers'' form a stack. Stack registers are normally written by
1961pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1962stack.
1963
1964Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1965they must be consecutively numbered. Furthermore, the existing
1966support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1967point coprocessor. If you have a new architecture that uses
1968stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1969@file{reg-stack.cc} and write your machine description to cooperate
1970with it, as well as defining these macros.
1971
1972@defmac STACK_REGS
1973Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1974@end defmac
1975
1976@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1977This is a cover class containing the stack registers. Define this if
1978the machine has any stack-like registers.
1979@end defmac
1980
1981@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1982The number of the first stack-like register. This one is the top
1983of the stack.
1984@end defmac
1985
1986@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1987The number of the last stack-like register. This one is the bottom of
1988the stack.
1989@end defmac
1990
1991@node Register Classes
1992@section Register Classes
1993@cindex register class definitions
1994@cindex class definitions, register
1995
1996On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1997For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1998certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions. These machine
1999restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
2000
2001You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
2002which of the registers belong to it. Then you can specify register classes
2003that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
2004
2005@findex ALL_REGS
2006@findex NO_REGS
2007In general, each register will belong to several classes. In fact, one
2008class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers. Another
2009class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers. Often the
2010union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2011
2012@findex GENERAL_REGS
2013One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}. There is nothing
2014terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2015@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class. If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2016the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2017to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2018
2019Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2020then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2021
2022The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2023constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2024You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2025them in operand constraints.
2026
2027You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2028registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2029some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2030cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2031(@pxref{Costs}).
2032
2033You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2034instruction allows both classes. For example, if an instruction allows
2035either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2036certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
2037which includes both of them. Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2038or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
2039class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
2040
2041You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2042classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2043contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2044in their union.
2045
2046When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2047certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2048Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2049a register pair to start with an even-numbered register. The way to
09a85191
RS
2050specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK},
2051or with a filter expression in a @code{define_register_constraint}.
d77de738
ML
2052
2053Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2054instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2055each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2056mode to or from memory. For example, on some machines, the operations for
2057single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers. When
2058this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2059instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2060single-byte values can be loaded or stored. This is so that
2061@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2062
2063@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2064An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2065as enumerated values. @code{NO_REGS} must be first. @code{ALL_REGS}
2066must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2067@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2068tells how many classes there are.
2069
2070Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2071the class name to type @code{int}. The number serves as an index
2072in many of the tables described below.
2073@end deftp
2074
2075@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2076The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2077
2078@smallexample
2079#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2080@end smallexample
2081@end defmac
2082
2083@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2084An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2085constants. These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2086@end defmac
2087
2088@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2089An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2090which are bit masks. The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2091@var{n}. The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2092register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2093
2094When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2095Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2096several integers. Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2097for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2098In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2099registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2100so on.
2101@end defmac
2102
2103@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2104A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2105@var{regno}. In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2106which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2107register.
2108@end defmac
2109
2110@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2111A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2112base register must belong. A base register is one used in an address
2113which is the register value plus a displacement.
2114@end defmac
2115
2116@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2117This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2118the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner. If
2119@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2120@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2121@end defmac
2122
2123@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2124A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2125base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2126register address. You should define this macro if base plus index
2127addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2128@end defmac
2129
2130@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2131A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2132base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2133space @var{address_space} must belong. @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2134define the context in which the base register occurs. @var{outer_code} is
2135the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2136of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2137@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2138index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2139@end defmac
2140
bc4466b9
KL
2141@defmac INSN_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{insn})
2142A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2143base register for a specified @var{insn} must belong. This macro is
2144used when some backend insns may have limited usage of base register
2145compared with other insns. If you define this macro, the compiler will
2146use it instead of all other defined macros that relate to
2147BASE_REG_CLASS.
2148@end defmac
2149
d77de738
ML
2150@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2151A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2152index register must belong. An index register is one used in an
2153address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2154added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2155@end defmac
2156
dfa15b49
HW
2157@defmac INSN_INDEX_REG_CLASS (@var{insn})
2158A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2159index register for a specified @var{insn} must belong. This macro is
2160used when some backend insns may have limited usage of index register
2161compared with other insns. If you defined this macro, the compiler
2162will use it instead of @code{INDEX_REG_CLASS}.
2163@end defmac
2164
d77de738
ML
2165@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2166A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2167suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
2168@end defmac
2169
2170@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2171A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2172that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2173@var{mode}. You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2174reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register. If
2175you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2176@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2177addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2178@code{address_operand}.
2179@end defmac
2180
2181@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2182A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2183use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2184memory in mode @var{mode}. It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2185pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register. You should
2186define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2187than other base register uses.
2188
2189Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2190@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
2191@end defmac
2192
2193@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2194A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2195suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2196memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2197This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
2198that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2199appears in the memory reference. @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2200immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2201address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2202@code{address_operand}). @var{index_code} is the code of the
2203corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2204@code{SCRATCH} otherwise. The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2205that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
2206@end defmac
2207
bc4466b9
KL
2208@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INSN_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{insn})
2209A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2210suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses for a specified
2211@var{insn}. This macro is used when some backend insn may have limited
2212usage of base register compared with other insns. If you define this
2213macro, the compiler will use it instead of all other defined macros
2214that relate to REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P.
2215@end defmac
2216
d77de738
ML
2217@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2218A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2219suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses. It may be
2220either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2221allocated such a hard register.
2222
2223The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2224the index register may be scaled. If an address involves the sum of
2225two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2226labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2227labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2228may serve in each capacity. The compiler will try both labelings,
2229looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2230only if neither labeling works.
2231@end defmac
2232
2233@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2234
2235@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
2236
2237@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2238A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2239to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2240@var{class}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2241another, smaller class. On many machines, the following definition is
2242safe:
2243
2244@smallexample
2245#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2246@end smallexample
2247
2248Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For
2249example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2250for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2251@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2252Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2253
2254One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2255@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2256loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2257force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load
2258immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2259instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2260register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2261@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant cannot be loaded
2262into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
2263@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2264of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
2265
2266If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2267through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2268to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2269reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2270this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2271the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2272@end defmac
2273
2274@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
2275
2276@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2277A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2278to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2279@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2280ordinarily be used.
2281
2282Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2283there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
2284
2285The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2286smaller class.
2287
2288Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2289require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2290@end defmac
2291
2292@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
2293
2294@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2295@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2296@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2297These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2298@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2299
2300These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2301target hook. Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2302reload phase that it may
2303need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2304register to contain the data. Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2305register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2306you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2307largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2308intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2309
2310If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2311intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2312was supposed to be defined to return the largest register
2313class required. If the
2314requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2315@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2316macros identically.
2317
2318The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2319Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2320can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2321@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register. Do not define this
2322macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2323
2324If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2325intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2326@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2327(@pxref{Standard Names}. These patterns, which were normally
2328implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2329@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2330register.
2331
2332These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2333register that
2334contain a single register class. If the original reload register (whose
2335class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2336value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2337register. Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2338Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2339
2340@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2341pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2342Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2343in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2344
2345These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2346registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2347registers. In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2348would not be helpful. Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2349the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2350intermediate storage. This case often occurs between floating-point and
2351general registers.
2352@end defmac
2353
2354@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
2355
2356@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2357Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2358allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2359If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2360defined by this macro.
2361
2362Do not define this macro if you do not define
2363@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2364@end defmac
2365
2366@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
2367
2368@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2369
2370@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
2371
2372@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
2373
2374@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2375A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2376of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2377
2378This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,
2379the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2380should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2381@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2382
2383This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2384in the reload pass.
2385@end defmac
2386
2387@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
2388
2389@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2390
2391@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2392
2393@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2394
2395@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2396
2397@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2398
2399@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2400
2401@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2402
2403@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2404
2405@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2406
2407@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2408
2409@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2410
2411@node Stack and Calling
2412@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2413@cindex calling conventions
2414
2415@c prevent bad page break with this line
2416This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2417
2418@menu
2419* Frame Layout::
2420* Exception Handling::
2421* Stack Checking::
2422* Frame Registers::
2423* Elimination::
2424* Stack Arguments::
2425* Register Arguments::
2426* Scalar Return::
2427* Aggregate Return::
2428* Caller Saves::
2429* Function Entry::
2430* Profiling::
2431* Tail Calls::
2432* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
2433* Stack Smashing Protection::
2434* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
2435@end menu
2436
2437@node Frame Layout
2438@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2439@cindex stack frame layout
2440@cindex frame layout
2441
2442@c prevent bad page break with this line
2443Here is the basic stack layout.
2444
2445@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2446Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2447pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
2448@end defmac
2449
2450@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2451This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2452on the stack. In RTL, a push operation will be
2453@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2454
2455The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2456and @code{POST_INC}. Which of these is correct depends on
2457the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2458to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2459space for the next item on the stack.
2460
2461The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2462true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2463which is often wrong.
2464@end defmac
2465
2466@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2467Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2468are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2469@end defmac
2470
2471@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2472Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2473addresses on the stack.
2474@end defmac
2475
2476@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2477
2478@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2479Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2480The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2481
2482On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2483is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2484alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2485stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2486@end defmac
2487
2488@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2489Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2490outgoing arguments are placed. If not specified, the default value of
2491zero is used. This is the proper value for most machines.
2492
2493If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2494the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2495@end defmac
2496
2497@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2498Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2499address. On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2500function.
2501
2502If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2503the first argument's address.
2504@end defmac
2505
2506@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2507Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2508on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2509
2510The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2511length of the outgoing arguments. The default is correct for most
2512machines. See @file{function.cc} for details.
2513@end defmac
2514
2515@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2516A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2517stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2518@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}. If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2519default value will be used. Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2520elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2521@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2522@end defmac
2523
2524@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2525A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2526frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored. Assume that
2527@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2528itself.
2529
2530If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2531of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2532address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2533@end defmac
2534
2535@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2536A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2537setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed. For example,
2538on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2539before we can access arbitrary stack frames. You will seldom need to
2540define this macro. The default is to do nothing.
2541@end defmac
2542
2543@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
2544
2545@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2546A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2547address for the current frame. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2548of the current frame. This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2549You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2550as the frame pointer. Most machines do not need to define it.
2551@end defmac
2552
2553@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2554A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2555address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2556the prologue. @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2557frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2558@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
2559
2560The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2561@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2562determine the return address of other frames.
2563@end defmac
2564
2565@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2566Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2567stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2568frame. The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2569@end defmac
2570
2571@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2572A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2573incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2574prologue. This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2575value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2576the stack.
2577
2578You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2579debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2580
2581If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2582@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2583@end defmac
2584
2585@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2586A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2587number that may be used as an alternative return column. The column
2588must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2589be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2590
2591This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2592general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2593frames. Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2594over time.
2595@end defmac
2596
2597@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2598A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2599number that is considered to always have the value zero. This should
2600only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2601someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2602terminate the stack backtrace. New ports should avoid this.
2603@end defmac
2604
2605@defmac DWARF_VERSION_DEFAULT
2606A C expression whose value is the default dwarf standard version we'll honor
2607and advertise when generating dwarf debug information, in absence of
2608an explicit @option{-gdwarf-@var{version}} option on the command line.
2609@end defmac
2610
2611@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
2612
2613@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2614
2615@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2616A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2617from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2618frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue. The top of
2619the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2620previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2621
2622You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2623debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2624@end defmac
2625
2626@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2627Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2628functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2629must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits. Define this macro
2630only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2631between different functions of the same ABI or when
2632@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2633@end defmac
2634
2635@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2636A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2637from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa). The
2638final value should coincide with that calculated by
2639@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}. Which is unfortunately not usable
2640during virtual register instantiation.
2641
2642The default value for this macro is
2643@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2644which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2645immediately before the stack frame. Note that this is not the case on
2646some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2647and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2648
2649You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2650want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2651DWARF 2.
2652@end defmac
2653
2654@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2655If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2656in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2657The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2658@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2659
2660Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2661via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2662variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible. If this macro is
2663defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2664based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer. Only one
2665of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2666should be defined.
2667@end defmac
2668
2669@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2670If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2671in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2672in DWARF 2 debug information. The default is zero. A different value
2673may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2674@end defmac
2675
f908368d
AO
2676@hook TARGET_HAVE_STRUB_SUPPORT_FOR
2677
320fb976
AO
2678@defmac STACK_ADDRESS_OFFSET
2679Offset from the stack pointer register to the boundary address between
2680the stack area claimed by an active function, and stack ranges that
2681could get clobbered if it called another function. It should NOT
2682encompass any stack red zone, that is used in leaf functions.
2683
2684This value is added to the stack pointer register to compute the address
2685returned by @code{__builtin_stack_address}, and this is its only use.
2686If this macro is not defined, no offset is added. Defining it like
2687@code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} may be appropriate for many machines, but
2688not all.
2689
2690On SPARC, for example, the register save area is *not* considered active
2691or used by the active function, but rather as akin to the area in which
2692call-preserved registers are saved by callees, so the stack address is
2693above that area, even though the (unbiased) stack pointer points below
2694it. This enables @code{__strub_leave} to clear what would otherwise
2695overlap with its own register save area.
2696
2697On PowerPC, @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} also reserves space for a save
2698area, but that area is used by the caller rather than the callee, so the
2699boundary address is below it.
2700
2701If the address is computed too high or too low, parts of a stack range
2702that should be scrubbed may be left unscrubbed, scrubbing may corrupt
2703active portions of the stack frame, and stack ranges may be
2704doubly-scrubbed by caller and callee.
2705@end defmac
2706
f0a90c7d
AO
2707@defmac TARGET_STRUB_USE_DYNAMIC_ARRAY
2708If defined to nonzero, @code{__strub_leave} will allocate a dynamic
2709array covering the stack range that needs scrubbing before clearing it.
2710Allocating the array tends to make scrubbing slower, but it enables the
2711scrubbing to be safely implemented with a @code{memset} call, which
2712could make up for the difference.
2713@end defmac
2714
2715@defmac TARGET_STRUB_MAY_USE_MEMSET
2716If defined to nonzero, enable @code{__strub_leave} to be optimized so as
2717to call @code{memset} for stack scrubbing. This is only enabled by
2718default if @code{TARGET_STRUB_USE_DYNAMIC_ARRAY} is enabled; it's not
2719advisable to enable it otherwise, since @code{memset} would then likely
2720overwrite its own stack frame, but it might work if the target ABI
2721enables @code{memset} to not use the stack at all, not even for
2722arguments or its return address, and its implementation is trivial
2723enough that it doesn't use a stack frame.
2724@end defmac
2725
d77de738
ML
2726@node Exception Handling
2727@subsection Exception Handling Support
2728@cindex exception handling
2729
2730@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2731A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2732data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2733@var{N} registers are usable.
2734
2735The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2736handlers via a set of agreed upon registers. Ideally these registers
2737should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2738but may negatively impact code size. The target must support at least
27392 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2740
2741You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2742handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2743@end defmac
2744
2745@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2746A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2747to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2748This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2749It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2750
2751Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2752untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2753
2754Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2755by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2756this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2757stack location to be restored in place. Otherwise, you must define
2758this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2759that provided by DWARF 2.
2760@end defmac
2761
2762@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2763A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2764to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2765return. It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2766
2767Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2768return address is stored. For targets that return by popping an
2769address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2770the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2771frame. If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2772been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2773target call frame.
2774
2775Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2776address calculable during initial code generation. In that case
2777the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2778
2779If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2780define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2781@end defmac
2782
426fddcb
SN
2783@defmac EH_RETURN_TAKEN_RTX
2784A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2785to store if the EH return path was taken instead of a normal return.
2786This macro allows conditionally executing different code in the
2787epilogue for the EH and normal return cases.
2788
2789When this macro is defined, the macros @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX}
2790and @code{EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX} are only meaningful in the epilogue
2791when 1 is stored to the specified location. The value 0 means normal
2792return.
2793@end defmac
2794
d77de738
ML
2795@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2796If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2797to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2798exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2799using it to return to the exception handler.
2800@end defmac
2801
2802@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2803This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2804handling sections. If at all possible, this should be defined such
2805that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2806and so may be read-only.
2807
2808@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2809@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2810The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2811as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2812
2813If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2814represented directly.
2815@end defmac
2816
2817@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2818This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2819to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2820Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2821be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2822
2823This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2824handled. @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2825of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2826to be emitted.
2827@end defmac
2828
2829@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2830This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2831code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2832available. The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2833through signal frames.
2834
2835This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2836@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2837@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2838@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{context->ra}
2839for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2840the stack pointer value. If the frame can be decoded, the register
2841save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2842evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}. If the frame cannot be decoded,
2843the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2844
2845For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2846@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2847@end defmac
2848
2849@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2850This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2851call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2852usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2853
2854This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2855@file{unwind-ia64.c}. @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2856@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}. Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2857for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive. If the
2858@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2859be updated in @var{fs}.
2860@end defmac
2861
2862@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2863A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2864info to be given comdat linkage. Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2865linkage is necessary. The default is @code{0}.
2866@end defmac
2867
2868@node Stack Checking
2869@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2870
2871GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2872stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2873three ways:
2874
2875@enumerate
2876@item
2877If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2878will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2879at appropriate places in the configuration files. GCC will not do
2880other special processing.
2881
2882@item
2883If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2884@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2885that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2886static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2887in the configuration files. GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2888stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2889approach below.
2890
2891@item
2892If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2893``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2894@end enumerate
2895
2896If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2897GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2898@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2899dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2900
2901@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2902A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2903machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if stack checking
2904is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2905checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach. The default
2906value of this macro is zero.
2907@end defmac
2908
2909@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2910A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2911in a machine-dependent manner. You should define this macro if you would
2912like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2913approach. The default value of this macro is zero.
2914@end defmac
2915
2916@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2917An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2918instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer. You will normally
2919define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2920the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area. The default value
2921of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2922@end defmac
2923
2924@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2925An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2926when doing probes. This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2927contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2928thread at any point in time. In this situation an alternate signal stack
2929is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow. The
2930default value of this macro is zero.
2931@end defmac
2932
2933@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2934The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2935languages where such a recovery is supported. The default value of 4KB/8KB
2936with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
29378KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2938architectures and operating systems.
2939@end defmac
2940
2941The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2942nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2943in the opposite case.
2944
2945@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2946The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes. GCC will generate probe
2947instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2948stack are available. If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2949checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning. The
2950default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2951systems. You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2952@end defmac
2953
2954@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2955GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message. It
2956represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2957space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2958You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2959use the default of four words.
2960@end defmac
2961
2962@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2963The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2964fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2965@option{-fstack-check}.
2966GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2967normally not need to override that default.
2968@end defmac
2969
2970@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE
2971
2972@need 2000
2973@node Frame Registers
2974@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2975
2976@c prevent bad page break with this line
2977This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2978
2979@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2980The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2981fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}. On most machines,
2982the hardware determines which register this is.
2983@end defmac
2984
2985@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2986The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2987access automatic variables in the stack frame. On some machines, the
2988hardware determines which register this is. On other machines, you can
2989choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2990@end defmac
2991
2992@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2993On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2994offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2995allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2996between these two locations). On those machines, define
2997@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2998be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2999@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
3000used for the frame pointer.
3001
3002You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
3003is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
3004the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
3005completed. When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
3006definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
3007@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
3008or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3009
3010Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
3011@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
3012@end defmac
3013
3014@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
3015The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
3016the function's argument list. On some machines, this is the same as the
3017frame pointer register. On some machines, the hardware determines which
3018register this is. On other machines, you can choose any register you
3019wish for this purpose. If this is not the same register as the frame
3020pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
3021@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
3022(@pxref{Elimination}).
3023@end defmac
3024
3025@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
3026Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3027@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
3028the same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3029== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3030definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3031@end defmac
3032
3033@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
3034Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
3035@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
3036same. The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
3037ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
3038definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
3039@end defmac
3040
3041@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
3042The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
3043access the current function's return address from the stack. On some
3044machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
3045pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer. This register can be defined
3046to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
3047@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
3048
3049Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
3050address from the stack.
3051@end defmac
3052
3053@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
3054@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
3055Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer. If
3056register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
3057function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
3058number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}. If
3059these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
3060not be defined.
3061
3062The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
3063
3064If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
3065defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
3066@end defmac
3067
3068@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
3069
3070@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3071This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
3072saved in a call frame. This is used to size data structures used in
3073DWARF2 exception handling.
3074
3075Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
3076exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
3077extensions. In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
3078in the number of hard registers. Nevertheless, this macro can still be
3079used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
3080routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
3081registers that are not call-saved.
3082
3083If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3084@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
3085@end defmac
3086
3087@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
3088
3089This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
3090for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
3091
3092If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
3093@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
3094@end defmac
3095
3096@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
3097
3098Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3099is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
3100Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
3101column number to use instead.
3102@end defmac
3103
3104@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3105
3106Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3107used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3108debug info sections. Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3109should return the .eh_frame register number. The default is
3110@code{DEBUGGER_REGNO (@var{regno})}.
d77de738
ML
3111@end defmac
3112
3113@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3114
3115Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3116that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3117should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3118.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero). The default is to
3119return @code{@var{regno}}.
3120
3121@end defmac
3122
3123@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3124
3125Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3126@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context. It should be defined if
3127target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}. The
3128default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3129
3130@end defmac
3131
3132@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3133
3134Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3135context with version, args_size and by_value fields. If it is undefined,
3136it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3137defined and 0 otherwise.
3138
3139@end defmac
3140
3141@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3142Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3143values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3144referenced in a CFA expression). The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3145is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3146@end defmac
3147
3148@node Elimination
3149@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3150
3151@c prevent bad page break with this line
3152This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3153
3154@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
3155
3156@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3157This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3158unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
3159
3160The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3161of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3162
3163On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3164the compilation is completed. In such a case, a separate hard register
3165must be used for the argument pointer. This register can be eliminated by
3166replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3167depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3168
3169In this case, you might specify:
3170@smallexample
3171#define ELIMINABLE_REGS \
3172@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3173 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3174 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3175@end smallexample
3176
3177Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3178specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3179@end defmac
3180
5bfb91c1
GJL
3181@defmac RELOAD_ELIMINABLE_REGS
3182Like @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}, but only used in the old reload framework where
3183it takes precedence over @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}. This macro can be useful
3184during the transition to LRA because there are cases where reload and LRA
3185disagree on how eliminable registers should be represented. For an example,
3186see @file{avr.h}.
3187@end defmac
3188
d77de738
ML
3189@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
3190
3191@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3192This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3193of registers. The value would be computed from information
3194such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3195registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3196@end defmac
3197
3198@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3199
3200@node Stack Arguments
3201@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3202@cindex arguments on stack
3203@cindex stack arguments
3204
3205The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3206on the stack. See the following section for other macros that
3207control passing certain arguments in registers.
3208
3209@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
3210
3211@hook TARGET_PUSH_ARGUMENT
3212
3213@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3214A C expression. If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3215last to first, rather than from first to last. If this macro is not
3216defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3217and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3218@end defmac
3219
3220@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3221A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3222stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3223
3224On some machines, the definition
3225
3226@smallexample
3227#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3228@end smallexample
3229
3230@noindent
3231will suffice. But on other machines, instructions that appear
3232to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3233alignment. Then the definition should be
3234
3235@smallexample
3236#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3237@end smallexample
3238
3239If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
3240@end defmac
3241
3242@findex outgoing_args_size
3243@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
3244@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3245A C expression. If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
3246will be computed and placed into
3247@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}. No space will be pushed
3248onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3249increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3250
3251Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3252is not proper.
3253@end defmac
3254
3255@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3256Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3257allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3258registers.
3259
3260The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3261arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3262which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3263The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3264of the function.
3265
3266This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3267machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3268which.
3269@end defmac
3270@c above is overfull. not sure what to do. --mew 5feb93 did
3271@c something, not sure if it looks good. --mew 10feb93
3272
3273@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3274Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3275Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3276is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3277can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3278@end defmac
3279
3280@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3281Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3282caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3283when calling a function of @var{fntype}. @var{fntype} may be NULL
3284if the function called is a library function.
3285
3286If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3287whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
3288@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
3289@end defmac
3290
3291@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3292Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3293stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3294@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3295@c overfull.. not as specific, tho. --mew 5feb93
3296
3297Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3298stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area. Defining this macro
3299suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3300stack in its natural location.
3301@end defmac
3302
3303@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
3304
3305@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3306A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3307pops off the stack. It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3308when compiling a function call.
3309
3310@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3311have been accumulated.
3312
3313On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3314that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3315that have been passed to the function. Since this is a property of the
3316call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3317appropriate.
3318@end defmac
3319
3320@node Register Arguments
3321@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3322@cindex arguments in registers
3323@cindex registers arguments
3324
3325This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3326types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3327the stack.
3328
3329@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
3330
3331@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
3332
3333@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
3334
3335@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3336
3337@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3338
3339@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
3340
3341@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
3342
3343@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
3344
3345@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
3346A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3347of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values. For some
3348target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3349of bytes of argument so far.
3350
3351There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3352arguments that have been passed on the stack. The compiler has other
3353variables to keep track of that. For target machines on which all
3354arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3355@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3356should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3357@end defmac
3358
3359@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3360If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3361function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3362created. The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3363reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3364If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3365@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3366@end defmac
3367
3368@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3369A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3370@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list. The
3371variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}. The value of @var{fntype}
3372is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3373the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3374For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3375declaration node of the function. @var{fndecl} is also set when
3376@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3377being compiled. @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3378arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3379parameter, when making a call. When processing incoming arguments,
3380@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3381
3382When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3383@var{libname} identifies which one. It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3384contains the name of the function, as a string. @var{libname} is 0 when
3385an ordinary C function call is being processed. Thus, each time this
3386macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3387never both of them at once.
3388@end defmac
3389
3390@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3391Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3392it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3393@code{NULL}. @var{indirect} would always be zero, too. If this macro
3394is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
33950)} is used instead.
3396@end defmac
3397
3398@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3399Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3400finding the arguments for the function being compiled. If this macro is
3401undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3402
3403The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3404with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@. The
3405argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3406@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3407@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3408@c --mew 5feb93 i switched the order of the sentences. --mew 10feb93
3409@end defmac
3410
3411@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
3412
3413@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
3414
3415@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
3416
3417@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3418If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3419implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3420next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3421controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}. If this macro is not defined, all such
3422arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3423@end defmac
3424
3425@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3426Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3427memory. @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element. Defining this
3428macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3429machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl. In particular,
3430@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3431registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register; For example,
3432a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3433required.
3434@end defmac
3435
3436@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
3437
3438@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3439
3440@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3441A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3442register in which function arguments are sometimes passed. This does
3443@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3444the structure-value address. On many machines, no registers can be
3445used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3446stack.
3447@end defmac
3448
3449@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
3450
3451@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
3452
3453@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
3454
3455@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
3456
3457@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
3458
3459@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
3460
3461@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
3462
3463@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3464
b3974356
RB
3465@hook TARGET_MODE_CAN_TRANSFER_BITS
3466
d77de738
ML
3467@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE
3468
3469@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3470
3471@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3472
84152985
KT
3473@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_ANY_TARGET_P
3474
d77de738
ML
3475@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P
3476
3477@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3478
3479@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3480
3481@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3482
3483@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3484
3485@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3486
3487@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
3488
3489@node Scalar Return
3490@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3491@cindex return values in registers
3492@cindex values, returned by functions
3493@cindex scalars, returned as values
3494
3495This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3496values---values that can fit in registers.
3497
3498@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3499
3500@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3501This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3502a new target instead.
3503@end defmac
3504
3505@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3506A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3507function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3508
3509Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3510support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3511specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3512compiled.
3513@end defmac
3514
3515@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
3516
3517@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3518A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3519register in which the values of called function may come back.
3520
3521A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3522second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3523recognized by this macro. So for most machines, this definition
3524suffices:
3525
3526@smallexample
3527#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3528@end smallexample
3529
3530If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3531function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3532should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3533
3534This macro has been deprecated. Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3535for a new target instead.
3536@end defmac
3537
3538@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
3539
3540@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3541Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3542need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3543saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3544@end defmac
3545
3546@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3547
3548@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
3549
3550@node Aggregate Return
3551@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3552@cindex aggregates as return values
3553@cindex large return values
3554@cindex returning aggregate values
3555@cindex structure value address
3556
3557When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3558cases), the value is not returned according to
3559@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}). Instead, the
3560caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3561should be stored. This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3562address}.
3563
3564This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3565memory.
3566
3567@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
3568
3569@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3570Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3571in memory. Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3572only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3573If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3574and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3575target hook.
3576
3577If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3578@end defmac
3579
3580@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
3581
3582@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3583Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3584for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3585the address of a static variable containing the value.
3586
3587Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3588pass an address to the subroutine.
3589
3590This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3591nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3592@end defmac
3593
3594@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3595
3596@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3597
3598@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3599
3600@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3601
3602@node Caller Saves
3603@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3604
3605If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls. This
3606makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3607must live across calls.
3608
3609@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3610A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3611of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}. If
3612@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3613returned. For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3614will select the smallest suitable mode.
3615@end defmac
3616
3617@node Function Entry
3618@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3619@cindex function entry and exit
3620@cindex prologue
3621@cindex epilogue
3622
3623This section describes the macros that output function entry
3624(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3625
3626@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3627
3628@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
3629
3630@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
3631
3632@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
3633
3634@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
3635
3636@itemize @bullet
d77de738
ML
3637@findex pretend_args_size
3638@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
f33d7a88 3639@item
d77de738
ML
3640A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
3641uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3642stack. (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3643if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3644arguments. But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3645yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.) This
3646region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3647registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3648features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3649
3650@item
3651An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3652The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3653the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3654machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3655in the function. Machines with register windows often do not require
3656a save area.
3657
3658@item
3659A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3660boundary, to contain the local variables of the function. On some machines,
3661this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3662save area closer to the top of the stack.
3663
d77de738 3664@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
f33d7a88 3665@item
d77de738
ML
3666Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
3667@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
3668argument lists of the function. @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3669@end itemize
3670
3671@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3672Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3673instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3674pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3675adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function. The
3676default is 0.
3677
3678Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3679frame pointers are maintained. It is never safe to delete a final
3680stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3681compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3682@end defmac
3683
3684@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3685Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3686used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern. The stack and frame
3687pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3688@end defmac
3689
3690@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3691Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3692used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3693on entry to an exception edge.
3694@end defmac
3695
3696@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3697
3698@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3699
3700@node Profiling
3701@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3702@cindex profiling, code generation
3703
3704These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3705
3706@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3707A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3708assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3709
3710@findex mcount
3711The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3712your operating system environment, not by GCC@. To figure them out,
3713compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3714compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3715
3716Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3717variable to be loaded into some register. The name of this variable is
3718@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3719the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3720@end defmac
3721
3722@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3723A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3724code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3725not support profiling.
3726@end defmac
3727
3728@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3729Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3730@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3731allocated for each function. This is true for almost all modern
3732implementations. If you define this macro, you must not use the
3733@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3734@end defmac
3735
3736@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3737Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3738the function prologue. Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3739@end defmac
3740
3741@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3742
3743@node Tail Calls
3744@subsection Permitting tail calls
3745@cindex tail calls
3746
3747@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
3748
3749@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
3750
3751@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3752
3753@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3754
3755@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3756@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3757@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3758
3759The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3760saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3761stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3762up the static chain, etc.
3763
3764On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3765thus may be shrink-wrapped separately. These independent tasks are
3766referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3767independent parts of GCC.
3768
3769Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3770shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3771teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3772paths where this would unnecessary.
3773
3774What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3775code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}. These
3776@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3777and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3778generic code.
3779
3780@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3781
3782@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3783
3784@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3785
3786@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3787
3788@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3789
3790@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3791
3792@node Stack Smashing Protection
3793@subsection Stack smashing protection
3794@cindex stack smashing protection
3795
3796@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
3797
3798@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
3799
3800@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3801
3802@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3803
3804@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES
3805
3806@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3807@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3808@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3809
3810@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3811
3812@node Varargs
3813@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3814@cindex varargs implementation
3815
3816GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3817@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3818on the stack. Other machines require their own implementations of
3819varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3820conditionals to include it.
3821
3822ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3823the calling convention for @code{va_start}. The traditional
3824implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3825to store the argument pointer. The ISO implementation of
3826@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument. The user is
3827supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3828
3829However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument. The way to find
3830the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3831below.
3832
3833@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3834Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3835that the varargs mechanism can access them. Both ISO and traditional
3836versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3837you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3838
3839On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3840control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. On
3841other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3842found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3843
3844Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3845beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3846@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3847This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3848to use them for its own purposes.
3849@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3850@c 10feb93
3851@end defmac
3852
3853@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
3854This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
3855argument, as type @code{void *}. If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3856returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3857argument. Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3858fetching arguments from the stack. Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3859verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3860of the current function.
3861@end defmac
3862
3863@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3864Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3865passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3866has to embody these conventions. The easiest way to categorize the
3867specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3868with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3869
3870@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3871considering only its data type. It returns an integer describing what
3872kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3873
3874The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3875interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3876@end defmac
3877
3878These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3879
3880@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
3881
3882@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
3883
3884@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
3885
3472b574
AO
3886@hook TARGET_CALL_OFFSET_RETURN_LABEL
3887
672fad57
RS
3888@hook TARGET_START_CALL_ARGS
3889
d77de738
ML
3890@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3891
3892@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3893
3894@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
3895
3896@node Trampolines
3897@section Support for Nested Functions
3898@cindex support for nested functions
3899@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3900@cindex descriptors for nested functions
3901@cindex nested functions, support for
3902
3903Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler
3904handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when
3905the function is invoked via an indirect call.
3906
3907GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an
3908executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested
3909function is taken. This is a small piece of code which normally
3910resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.
3911The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the
3912real address of the nested function.
3913
3914The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a
3915security risk. To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another
3916strategy: using descriptors for nested functions. Under this model,
3917taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a
3918non-executable function descriptor object. Initializing the static chain
3919from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites.
3920
3921On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be
3922mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way
3923by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls.
3924GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the
3925@option{-fno-trampolines} option. In this case runtime detection of
3926function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor
3927pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function
3928addresses. Since GCC's generic function descriptors are
3929not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a
3930per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be
3931applied to the whole program.
3932
3933For languages other than Ada, the @code{-ftrampolines} and
3934@code{-fno-trampolines} options currently have no effect, and
3935trampolines are always generated on platforms that need them
3936for nested functions.
3937
3938Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified
3939descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation
3940for nested functions.
3941
3942@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3943
3944The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and
3945initialize an executable trampoline. You can also use this interface
3946if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in
3947this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only.
3948
3949The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load
3950a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real
3951address of the nested function. On CISC machines such as the m68k,
3952this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump. Then the
3953two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.
3954On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a
3955register in two parts. Then pieces of each address form separate
3956immediate operands.
3957
3958The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3959parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3960immediate operands of the instructions. On a CISC machine, this is
3961simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3962proper offset from the start of the trampoline. On a RISC machine, it
3963may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3964separately.
3965
3966@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
3967
3968@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3969Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3970(@pxref{Sections}). The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3971@end defmac
3972
3973@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3974A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3975@end defmac
3976
3977@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3978Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3979
3980If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3981is used for aligning trampolines.
3982@end defmac
3983
3984@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
3985
3986@hook TARGET_EMIT_CALL_BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE
3987
3988@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
3989
3990Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3991separate instruction and data caches. Writing into a stack location
3992fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3993jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3994
3995Here are two possible solutions. One is to clear the relevant parts of
3996the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up. The other is to
3997make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3998subroutine. The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3999latter makes initialization faster.
4000
4001To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
4002the following macro.
4003
4004@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
4005If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
4006cache} in the specified interval. The definition of this macro would
4007typically be a series of @code{asm} statements. Both @var{beg} and
4008@var{end} are pointer expressions.
4009@end defmac
4010
4011To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro. In addition,
4012you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
4013cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
4014beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
4015its cache line. Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
4016
4017@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
4018Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
4019work. The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
4020which will be compiled with GCC@. They go in a library function named
4021@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
4022
4023If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
4024C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
4025special label of your own in the assembler code. Use one @code{asm}
4026statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
4027global. Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
4028special assembler code.
4029@end defmac
4030
4031@node Library Calls
4032@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
4033@cindex library subroutine names
4034@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
4035
4036@c prevent bad page break with this line
4037Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
4038
4039@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
4040This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
4041expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a. It can be used to
4042provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
4043are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
4044@end defmac
4045
4046@findex set_optab_libfunc
4047@findex init_one_libfunc
4048@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
4049
4050@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
4051
4052@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
4053This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
4054implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
4055mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
4056return a tristate.
4057
4058GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
4059comparison operators, so the default returns false always. Most ports
4060don't need to define this macro.
4061@end defmac
4062
4063@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
4064This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
4065functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
4066operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
4067and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
4068If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
4069@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2. If the target uses the routines
4070in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
4071@end defmac
4072
4073@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
4074This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
4075instructions. If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4076make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
4077division. If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
4078make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
4079@end defmac
4080
4081@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
4082@findex matherr
4083@defmac TARGET_EDOM
4084The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
4085expression. If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
4086deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly. Look in
4087@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
4088system.
4089
4090If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
4091domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
4092error. If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
4093there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
4094that @code{matherr} is used normally.
4095@end defmac
4096
4097@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
4098@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
4099Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
4100refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}. (On certain systems,
4101@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.) If you don't define this
4102macro, a reasonable default is used.
4103@end defmac
4104
4105@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
4106
4107@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION
4108
24592abd
MP
4109@hook TARGET_FORTIFY_SOURCE_DEFAULT_LEVEL
4110
bd539c9b
JJ
4111@hook TARGET_LIBM_FUNCTION_MAX_ERROR
4112
d77de738
ML
4113@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
4114Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4115by default. This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4116and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
a335cf24 4117This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin / macOS systems, which have
d77de738
ML
4118the NeXT runtime installed.
4119
4120If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4121will be used by default. This convention passes just the object and the
4122selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4123
4124In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4125scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
4126@end defmac
4127
4128@node Addressing Modes
4129@section Addressing Modes
4130@cindex addressing modes
4131
4132@c prevent bad page break with this line
4133This is about addressing modes.
4134
4135@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4136@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4137@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4138@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4139A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4140pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4141@end defmac
4142
4143@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4144@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4145A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4146post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4147the size of the memory operand.
4148@end defmac
4149
4150@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4151@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4152A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4153post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4154@end defmac
4155
4156@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4157A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4158is a valid address. On most machines the default definition of
4159@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4160is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
4161constant addresses are supported.
4162@end defmac
4163
4164@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4165@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4166accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4167known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4168expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4169@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4170@end defmac
4171
4172@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4173A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4174memory address. Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4175the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4176accept.
4177@end defmac
4178
4179@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
4180
4181@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4182A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4183character for general memory addresses. This defines the constraint
4184letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4185@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}. Define this macro if you want to
4186support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4187semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint. This is necessary in order to
4188preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4189@code{'m'} constraint.
4190@end defmac
4191
4192@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4193A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4194or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.cc}
4195can easily find the base term. This macro is used in only two places:
4196@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.cc}.
4197
4198It is always safe for this macro to not be defined. It exists so
4199that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4200
4201The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4202a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4203@end defmac
4204
4205@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4206
4207@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4208A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4209that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4210@var{mode}. @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4211It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4212performance reasons.
4213
4214For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4215reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4216registers into a register. On the other hand, for number of RISC
4217processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4218needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot. By defining
4219@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4220generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4221be shared.
4222
4223@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution. It is necessary
4224to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4225and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4226of reload internals.
4227
4228@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4229previous invocation of this macro. If it fails to handle such addresses
4230then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4231
4232@findex push_reload
4233The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4234need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4235suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4236
4237The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4238@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4239should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4240This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4241@code{push_reload}.
4242
4243@findex strict_memory_address_p
4244The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4245the address has become legitimate.
4246
4247@findex copy_rtx
4248If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4249this is to use @code{copy_rtx}. Note, however, that it unshares only a
4250single level of rtl. Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4251top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4252It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4253address; but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4254@end defmac
4255
4256@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
4257
4258@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
4259
4260@hook TARGET_PRECOMPUTE_TLS_P
4261
4262@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4263
4264@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
4265
4266@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
4267
4268@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
4269
4270@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
4271
4272@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
4273
4274@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
4275
4276@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
4277
4278@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4279
4280@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
4281
4282@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
4283
81fd62d1 4284@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_DIV_AS_SHIFTS_OVER_MULT
8beff04a 4285
d77de738
ML
4286@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4287
4288@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4289
4290@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
4291
4292@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
4293
4294@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4295
4296@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES
4297
4298@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE
4299
4300@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4301
af792f02
TC
4302@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_CONDITIONAL_OPERATION_IS_EXPENSIVE
4303
d77de738
ML
4304@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4305
4306@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_CREATE_COSTS
4307
4308@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
4309
4310@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4311
4312@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4313
4314@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4315
4316@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4317
4318@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4319
4320@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA
4321
4322@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4323
4324@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4325
4326@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4327
4328@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4329
4330@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE
4331
4332@hook TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL
4333
4334@hook TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL
4335
4336@hook TARGET_GOACC_CREATE_WORKER_BROADCAST_RECORD
4337
4338@hook TARGET_GOACC_SHARED_MEM_LAYOUT
4339
4340@node Anchored Addresses
4341@section Anchored Addresses
4342@cindex anchored addresses
4343@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4344
4345GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4346For example, if we have:
4347
4348@smallexample
4349static int a, b, c;
4350int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4351@end smallexample
4352
4353the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4354addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}. On some targets,
4355it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4356the three variables relative to it. The equivalent pseudocode would
4357be something like:
4358
4359@smallexample
4360int foo (void)
4361@{
4362 register int *xr = &x;
4363 return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4364@}
4365@end smallexample
4366
4367(which isn't valid C). We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4368``section anchors''. Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4369
4370The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4371in order to make effective use of section anchors. It won't use
4372section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4373or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4374
4375@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4376
4377@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4378
4379@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
4380
4381@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
4382
4383@node Condition Code
4384@section Condition Code Status
4385@cindex condition code status
4386
4387Condition codes in GCC are represented as registers,
4388which provides better schedulability for
4389architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4390most instructions do not affect it. The latter category includes
4391most RISC machines.
4392
4393Implicit clobbering would pose a strong restriction on the placement of
4394the definition and use of the condition code. In the past the definition
4395and use were always adjacent. However, recent changes to support trapping
4396arithmetic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4397Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them. Additionally,
4398the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4399
4400These restrictions can prevent important
4401optimizations on some machines. For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4402is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4403three instructions earlier than the conditional branch. The instruction
4404scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4405separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4406
4407If there is a specific
4408condition code register in the machine, use a hard register. If the
4409condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4410or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4411Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4412that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4413
4414Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4415specified already in the compare instruction. In this case, you are not
4416interested in most macros in this section.
4417
4418@menu
4419* MODE_CC Condition Codes:: Modern representation of condition codes.
4420@end menu
4421
4422@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4423@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4424@findex CCmode
4425@findex MODE_CC
4426
4427@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4428On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4429than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4430code set by a subtract instruction. However, on some machines
4431when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4432bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4433branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches. When
4434this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4435record different formats of the condition code register. Modes can
4436also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an
4437unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4438
4439If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4440@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4441a mode given an operand of a compare. This is needed because the modes
4442have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4443by instruction combination. The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4444be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4445the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4446
4447@smallexample
4448(define_insn ""
4449 [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4450 (compare:CCNZ
4451 (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4452 (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4453 (const_int 0)))]
4454 ""
4455 "@dots{}")
4456@end smallexample
4457
4458@noindent
4459together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
4460for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4461
4462@smallexample
4463#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4464 (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT \
4465 ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE) \
4466 ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode) \
4467 : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS \
4468 || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
4469 ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
4470@end smallexample
4471
4472Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4473were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4474this section.
4475
4476You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4477in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4478@end defmac
4479
4480@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
4481
4482@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4483A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4484comparison whose mode is @var{mode}. If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4485can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4486then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4487
4488You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4489floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4490For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4491inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
4492
4493@smallexample
4494#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4495 ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
4496@end smallexample
4497@end defmac
4498
4499@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4500A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4501comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}. The macro is used only in case
4502@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero. Define this macro in case
4503machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals. For
4504instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4505freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones. Then definition may look
4506like:
4507
4508@smallexample
4509#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4510 ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4511 : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4512@end smallexample
4513@end defmac
4514
4515@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
4516
4517@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
4518
4519@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4520
4521@node Costs
4522@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4523@cindex costs of instructions
4524@cindex relative costs
4525@cindex speed of instructions
4526
4527These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4528on the target machine.
4529
4530@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4531A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4532register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes are
4533expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}. A
4534value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4535that.
4536
4537It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4538same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4539registers if they are not general registers.
4540
4541If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4542hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4543classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4544constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4545allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this
4546if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4547
4548These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4549@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4550@end defmac
4551
4552@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
4553
4554@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4555A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4556register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4557is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in. This cost
4558is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}. If moving between
4559registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4560should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4561
4562If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4563the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4564needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4565between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4566more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4567reflect the actual cost of the move.
4568
4569GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4570secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
4571a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
4572secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45734 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4574value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
4575are the same as to this macro.
4576
4577These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4578@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4579@end defmac
4580
4581@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
4582
4583@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
4584A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction. A value of 1 is
4585the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4586@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4587for speed. When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4588optimal for code size rather than performance. @var{predictable_p} is
4589true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4590@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
4591@end defmac
4592
4593Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4594but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4595ordinarily expect.
4596
4597@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4598Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4599than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4600faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4601require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4602between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4603
4604When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4605finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4606load will be used if alignment permits. Unless bytes accesses are
4607faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4608may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4609other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4610@end defmac
4611
4612@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
4613
4614@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4615The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4616which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4617string move insn or a library call. Increasing the value will always
4618make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4619
4620Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4621@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4622the number of such sequences.
4623
4624The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4625optimized for speed rather than size.
4626
4627If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4628@end defmac
4629
4630@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4631
4632@hook TARGET_OVERLAP_OP_BY_PIECES_P
4633
4634@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4635
4636@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4637A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4638a load or store used to copy memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4639@end defmac
4640
4641@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4642A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4643a store used to memory is. Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4644the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4645@end defmac
4646
4647@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4648A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4649a load or store used to compare memory is. Defaults to
4650@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4651@end defmac
4652
4653@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4654The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4655of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4656or a library call. Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4657eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4658
4659The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4660optimized for speed rather than size.
4661
4662If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4663@end defmac
4664
4665@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4666The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4667of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
4668a block set insn or a library call.
4669Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4670eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4671
4672The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4673optimized for speed rather than size.
4674
4675If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4676@end defmac
4677
4678@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4679A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4680thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4681@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4682@end defmac
4683
4684@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4685A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4686thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4687@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4688@end defmac
4689
4690@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4691A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4692thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4693@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4694@end defmac
4695
4696@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4697A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4698thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4699@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4700@end defmac
4701
4702@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4703A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4704thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4705@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4706@end defmac
4707
4708@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4709A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4710thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4711@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4712@end defmac
4713
4714@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4715This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4716thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4717@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4718@end defmac
4719
4720@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4721This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4722thing to use for a given mode. Defaults to the value of
4723@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4724@end defmac
4725
4726@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4727Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
4728function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4729@end defmac
4730
4731@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4732Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4733@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal. This macro defaults to true if
4734@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4735@end defmac
4736
4737@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4738
4739@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
4740
4741@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
4742
4743@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4744
4745@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4746
4747@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4748
4749@hook TARGET_NEW_ADDRESS_PROFITABLE_P
4750
4751@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4752
4753@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4754
4755@node Scheduling
4756@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4757
4758The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4759adjustment in order to produce good code. GCC provides several target
4760hooks for this purpose. It is usually enough to define just a few of
4761them: try the first ones in this list first.
4762
4763@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
4764
4765@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
4766
4767@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
4768
4769@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
4770
4771@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
4772
4773@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
4774
4775@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4776
4777@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4778
4779@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
4780
4781@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
4782
4783@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
4784
4785@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
4786
4787@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
4788
4789@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4790
4791@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4792
4793@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4794
4795@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4796
4797@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4798
4799@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4800
4801@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
4802
4803@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4804
4805@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
4806
4807@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
4808
4809@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
4810
4811@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
4812
4813@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
4814
4815@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
4816
4817@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
4818
4819@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
4820
4821@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
4822
4823@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
4824
4825@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
4826
4827@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
4828
4829@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
4830
4831@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
4832
4833@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
4834
4835@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
4836
4837@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
4838
4839@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
4840
4841@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4842
4843@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
4844
4845@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
4846
4847@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
4848
4849@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4850
4851@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4852
4853@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4854
4855@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4856
4857@node Sections
4858@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4859@c the above section title is WAY too long. maybe cut the part between
4860@c the (...)? --mew 10feb93
4861
4862An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4863data. In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4864section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4865section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4866section}, which holds uninitialized data. Some systems have other kinds
4867of sections.
4868
4869@file{varasm.cc} provides several well-known sections, such as
4870@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4871The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4872is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4873as described below. The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.cc}
4874initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4875They may however depend on command-line flags.
4876
4877@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4878use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4879to be string literals.
4880
4881Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4882section is selected. If your assembler falls into this category, you
4883should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4884@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4885
4886You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4887@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4888in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}. The same is true of
4889@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}. If you do not
4890create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4891reuse @code{text_section}.
4892
4893All the other @file{varasm.cc} sections are optional, and are null
4894if the target does not provide them.
4895
4896@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4897A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4898assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4899Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4900@end defmac
4901
4902@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4903If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4904frequently executed functions of the program. If not defined, GCC will provide
4905a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4906@end defmac
4907
4908@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4909If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4910executed functions in the program.
4911@end defmac
4912
4913@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4914A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4915assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4916data. Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4917@end defmac
4918
4919@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4920If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4921containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4922initialized, writable small data.
4923@end defmac
4924
4925@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4926A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4927assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4928data.
4929@end defmac
4930
4931@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4932If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4933containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4934uninitialized global data. If not defined, and
4935@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
4936uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4937@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4938used.
4939@end defmac
4940
4941@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4942If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4943containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4944uninitialized, writable small data.
4945@end defmac
4946
4947@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4948If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4949assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4950common data. The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4951@end defmac
4952
4953@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4954If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4955containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section. The
4956default is @code{'T'}.
4957@end defmac
4958
4959@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4960If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4961containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4962initialization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4963not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4964variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4965@end defmac
4966
4967@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4968If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4969containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4970finalization code. If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4971not exist. This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4972variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4973@end defmac
4974
4975@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4976If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4977containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4978part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4979defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4980both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4981@end defmac
4982
4983@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4984If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4985containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4986part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section. If not
4987defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. Do not define
4988both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4989@end defmac
4990
4991@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4992If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4993containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section. This
4994corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4995@end defmac
4996
4997@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4998If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4999via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
5000the text section. This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
5001@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
5002to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
5003sections. By default, this macro uses a simple function call. Some
5004ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
5005registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
5006constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
5007@end defmac
5008
5009@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
5010If defined, a string which names the section into which small
5011variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go. This is useful
5012when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
5013you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
5014they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
5015expects. For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
5016MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
5017require small data support from your application, but use this macro
5018to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
5019access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
5020@end defmac
5021
5022@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
5023If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
5024arbitrary boundary. This is used to force all fragments of the
5025@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
5026and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
5027@end defmac
5028
5029@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
5030Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
5031tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
5032section, along with the assembler instructions. Otherwise, the
5033readonly data section is used.
5034
5035This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
5036@end defmac
5037
5038@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
5039
5040@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
5041
5042@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC
5043
5044@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
5045
5046@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
5047Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
5048for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
5049
5050In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5051function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5052it is unlikely to be called.
5053@end defmac
5054
5055@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
5056
5057@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
5058
5059@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5060
5061@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5062
5063@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
5064
5065@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5066
5067@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
5068
5069@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
5070
5071@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
5072
5073@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
5074
5075@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5076
5077@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
5078
5079@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
5080
5081
5082@node PIC
5083@section Position Independent Code
5084@cindex position independent code
5085@cindex PIC
5086
5087This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5088independent code. Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5089generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5090@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5091@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}. You
5092must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5093when the source operand contains a symbolic address. You may also
5094need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5095relative addresses.
5096@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
5097@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5098
5099@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5100The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5101data addresses in memory. In some cases this register is defined by a
5102processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@. When this macro
5103is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5104pointer and frame pointer registers. If this macro is not defined, it
5105is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5106necessary). Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5107when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5108@end defmac
5109
5110@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
5111A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5112@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls. If not defined,
5113the default is zero. Do not define
5114this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5115@end defmac
5116
5117@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5118A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5119operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5120You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5121check this. You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5122check it either. You need not define this macro if all constants
5123(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5124position independent code.
5125@end defmac
5126
5127@node Assembler Format
5128@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5129
5130This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5131to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5132instructions do.
5133
5134@menu
5135* File Framework:: Structural information for the assembler file.
5136* Data Output:: Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5137* Uninitialized Data:: Output of uninitialized variables.
5138* Label Output:: Output and generation of labels.
5139* Initialization:: General principles of initialization
5140 and termination routines.
5141* Macros for Initialization::
5142 Specific macros that control the handling of
5143 initialization and termination routines.
5144* Instruction Output:: Output of actual instructions.
5145* Dispatch Tables:: Output of jump tables.
5146* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5147* Alignment Output:: Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5148@end menu
5149
5150@node File Framework
5151@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5152@cindex assembler format
5153@cindex output of assembler code
5154
5155@c prevent bad page break with this line
5156This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5157
5158@findex default_file_start
5159@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
5160
5161@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
5162
5163@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
5164
5165@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
5166
5167@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5168Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5169special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5170the stack being executable. If your system uses this convention, you
5171should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function. If you
5172need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5173this function.
5174@end deftypefun
5175
5176@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
5177
5178@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
5179
5180@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
5181
5182@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5183A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5184assembler language. The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5185the end of the line.
5186@end defmac
5187
5188@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5189A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5190statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5191@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5192assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5193that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5194@end defmac
5195
5196@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5197A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5198statement or group of consecutive ones. Normally this is
5199@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5200time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5201@end defmac
5202
5203@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5204A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5205which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5206the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5207
5208This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5209for the file format in use is appropriate.
5210@end defmac
5211
5212@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5213
5214@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5215
5216@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5217A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5218@var{stream}. If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5219in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5220the assembler source. So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5221of the filename using this macro.
5222@end defmac
5223
5224@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
5225
5226@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5227
5228@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
5229
5230@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5231
5232@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5233This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
5234It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
5235@end deftypevr
5236
5237@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5238@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
5239
5240@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
5241
5242@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
5243
5244@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
5245
5246@need 2000
5247@node Data Output
5248@subsection Output of Data
5249
5250
5251@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
5252
5253@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
5254
5255@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5256
5257@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
5258
5259@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5260A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5261instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5262bytes at @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5263@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5264
5265If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5266Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5267@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5268@end defmac
5269
5270@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5271A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5272@var{decl}. This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5273is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5274@end defmac
5275
5276@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5277You may define this macro as a C expression. You should define the
5278expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5279pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5280GCC should output the constant pool after the function. If you do
5281not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5282pool before the function.
5283@end defmac
5284
5285@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5286A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5287constant pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving
5288the name of the function. Should the return type of the function
5289be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}. @var{size}
5290is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5291immediately after this call.
5292
5293If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5294not be defined.
5295@end defmac
5296
5297@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5298A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5299constant pool, if it needs special treatment. (This macro need not do
5300anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5301
5302The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5303assembler code on. @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5304output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5305@samp{const_int}). @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5306@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5307alignment.
5308
5309The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5310the address of this pool entry. The definition of this macro is
5311responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5312Here is how to do this:
5313
5314@smallexample
5315@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5316@end smallexample
5317
5318When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5319@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}. This will prevent the same pool
5320entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5321
5322You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5323@end defmac
5324
5325@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5326A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5327pool for a function. @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5328function. Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5329obtain it via @var{fundecl}. @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5330constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5331
5332If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5333define this macro.
5334@end defmac
5335
5336@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5337Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5338used as a logical line separator by the assembler. @var{STR} points
5339to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5340a line separator uses multiple characters.
5341
5342If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5343the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5344@end defmac
5345
5346@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
5347
5348These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5349of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5350
5351@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5352@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5353@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5354@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5355@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5356@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5357These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5358target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5359the variable @var{l}. For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5360@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5361simple @code{long int}. For the others, it should be an array of
5362@code{long int}. The number of elements in this array is determined
5363by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5364it go in each @code{long int} array element. Each array element holds
536532 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5366on the host machine.
5367
5368The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5369using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5370machine's memory.
5371@end defmac
5372
5373@node Uninitialized Data
5374@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5375
5376Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5377outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5378
5379@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5380A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5381@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5382@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5383is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants. It is
5384possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5385other member than a zero-length array is defined. In this case, the
5386backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5387byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5388equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5389the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5390an ordinary undefined external.
5391
5392Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5393output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5394assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5395
5396This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5397common global variables are output.
5398@end defmac
5399
5400@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5401Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5402separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5403place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5404handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5405as the number of bits.
5406@end defmac
5407
5408@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5409Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5410variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5411is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5412in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5413@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}. Define this macro when you need to see
5414the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5415@end defmac
5416
5417@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5418A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5419@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
5420@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{alignment}
5421is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
5422
5423Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5424@file{varasm.cc} when defining this macro. If unable, use the expression
5425@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5426before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5427the name, and a newline.
5428
5429There are two ways of handling global BSS@. One is to define this macro.
5430The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5431switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5432You do not need to do both.
5433
5434Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5435non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5436efficiently. C++ is one example of this. However, if the target does
5437not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5438common in order to save space in the object file.
5439@end defmac
5440
5441@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5442A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5443@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5444@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes. The variable @var{rounded}
5445is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5446
5447Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5448output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5449assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5450
5451This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5452static variables are output.
5453@end defmac
5454
5455@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5456Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5457separate, explicit argument. If you define this macro, it is used in
5458place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5459handling the required alignment of the variable. The alignment is specified
5460as the number of bits.
5461@end defmac
5462
5463@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5464Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
5465variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5466is no corresponding variable. If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5467in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5468@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}. Define this macro when you need to see
5469the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5470@end defmac
5471
5472@node Label Output
5473@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5474
5475@c prevent bad page break with this line
5476This is about outputting labels.
5477
5478@findex assemble_name
5479@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5480A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5481@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5482Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5483output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5484assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5485definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5486@end defmac
5487
5488@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5489A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5490@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5491a function.
5492Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5493output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5494assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline. A default
5495definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5496
5497If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5498usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5499@end defmac
5500
5501@findex assemble_name_raw
5502@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5503Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5504to refer to a compiler-generated label. The default definition uses
5505@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5506that it is more efficient.
5507@end defmac
5508
5509@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5510A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5511size of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5512default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5513systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5514
5515Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5516of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5517for your system. If you need your own custom definitions of those
5518macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5519define this macro.
5520@end defmac
5521
5522@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5523A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5524@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5525symbol @var{name} is @var{size}. @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5526If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5527provided.
5528@end defmac
5529
5530@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5531A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5532@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5533the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5534address.
5535
5536If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5537provided. The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5538@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5539the difference between this and another symbol. If your assembler does
5540not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5541to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5542@end defmac
5543
5544@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5545Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5546@samp{$} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in
5547G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers. If this macro is defined,
5548@samp{.} is used instead.
5549@end defmac
5550
5551@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5552Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5553@samp{.} in label names. By default constructors and destructors in G++
5554have names that use @samp{.}. If this macro is defined, these names
5555are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5556@end defmac
5557
5558@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5559A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5560type of a symbol, without any arguments. On systems that use ELF, the
5561default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5562systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5563
5564Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5565@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5566custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5567types at all, do not define this macro.
5568@end defmac
5569
5570@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5571A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5572the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}. On systems that use ELF, the
5573default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5574the default is not to define this macro.
5575
5576Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5577@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system. If you need your own
5578custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5579types at all, do not define this macro.
5580@end defmac
5581
5582@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5583A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5584@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5585symbol @var{name} is @var{type}. @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5586that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5587you should not count on this.
5588
5589If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5590definition of this macro is provided.
5591@end defmac
5592
5593@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5594A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5595@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5596function which is being defined. This macro is responsible for
5597outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5598@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
5599@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5600
5601If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5602usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
5603
5604You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5605of this macro.
5606@end defmac
5607
5608@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5609A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5610@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5611which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5612function. The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5613representing the function.
5614
5615If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5616
5617You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5618of this macro.
5619@end defmac
5620
5621@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5622A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5623@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5624cold function partition which is being defined. This macro is responsible
5625for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5626@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}). The argument @var{decl} is the
5627@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5628
5629If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5630usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5631
5632You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5633of this macro.
5634@end defmac
5635
5636@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5637A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5638@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5639partition which is being defined. The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5640cold partition of the function. The argument @var{decl} is the
5641@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5642
5643If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5644
5645You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5646of this macro.
5647@end defmac
5648
5649@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5650A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5651@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5652initialized variable which is being defined. This macro must output the
5653label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}). The argument
5654@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5655
5656If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5657usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5658
5659You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5660@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5661@end defmac
5662
5663@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
5664
5665@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5666A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5667@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5668for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5669
5670If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5671nothing.
5672@end defmac
5673
5674@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5675A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5676once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5677chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5678initializer. This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5679something about the size of the object.
5680
5681If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5682nothing.
5683
5684You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5685@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5686@end defmac
5687
5688@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
5689
5690@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
5691
5692@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5693
5694@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5695A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5696@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5697that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5698no other definition is available. Use the expression
5699@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5700itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5701for making that name weak, and a newline.
5702
5703If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5704support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5705macro.
5706@end defmac
5707
5708@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5709Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5710@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5711or variable decl. If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5712should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5713defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5714@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5715to make @var{name} weak.
5716@end defmac
5717
5718@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5719Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5720symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics. @code{decl} is the
5721declaration of @code{name}.
5722@end defmac
5723
5724@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
5725A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5726supports weak symbols.
5727
5728If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5729definition. If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
5730is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5731@end defmac
5732
5733@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5734A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5735
5736If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5737definition. The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}. Define
5738this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5739flag such as @option{-melf}.
5740@end defmac
5741
5742@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5743A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5744public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5745be discarded by the linker. Define this macro if your object file
5746format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5747section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5748requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5749@end defmac
5750
5751@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5752A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5753semantics.
5754
5755If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.cc} provides a default
5756definition. If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5757definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}. Define this macro if
5758you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5759setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5760be emitted as one-only.
5761@end defmac
5762
5763@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
5764
5765@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5766A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5767that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5768The default is @code{0}.
5769
5770Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5771if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5772will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5773symbol should not be weak. Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5774thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5775(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5776with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5777
5778The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero. Define this macro for
5779targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5780restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5781table of contents.
5782@end defmac
5783
5784@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5785A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5786@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5787symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5788not defined. The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5789declaration.
5790
5791This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5792The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5793@end defmac
5794
5795@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
5796
5797@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
5798
5799@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5800A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5801@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5802@var{name}. This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5803is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5804systems. This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5805@end defmac
5806
5807@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5808
5809@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5810A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5811@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}. If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5812will be used to output the name of the symbol. This macro may be used
5813to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5814encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5815@end defmac
5816
5817@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5818A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5819result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}. If not defined,
5820@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5821This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5822specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5823when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5824being taken.
5825@end defmac
5826
5827@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
5828
5829@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5830A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5831label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5832@var{num}. This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5833may need to be treated differently than branch target labels. On some
5834systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5835bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5836bundles.
5837
5838If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5839used.
5840@end defmac
5841
5842@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5843A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5844is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5845
5846This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5847produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5848with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5849
5850If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5851output the rest of the string unchanged. It is often convenient for
5852@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way. If the
5853string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5854to output the string, and may change it. (Of course,
5855@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5856you should know what it does on your machine.)
5857@end defmac
5858
5859@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5860A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5861@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5862@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5863added. Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5864
5865The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5866produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5867@var{name}. Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5868assembler code. The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5869macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5870internal static variables in different scopes.
5871
5872Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5873conflict with the user's own symbols. Most assemblers allow periods
5874or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5875between the name and the number will suffice.
5876
5877If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5878which is correct for most systems.
5879@end defmac
5880
5881@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5882A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5883which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5884
5885@findex SET_ASM_OP
5886If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5887correct for most systems.
5888@end defmac
5889
5890@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5891A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5892which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5893to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}. This macro will
5894be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5895the tree nodes are available.
5896
5897@findex SET_ASM_OP
5898If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5899correct for most systems.
5900@end defmac
5901
5902@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5903A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5904(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5905of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5906current compilation unit. The default is to not defer output of defines.
5907This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5908@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5909@end defmac
5910
5911@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5912A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5913which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5914@var{value}. If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5915an undefined weak symbol.
5916
5917Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5918@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5919@end defmac
5920
5921@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5922Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5923Objective-C methods.
5924
5925The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5926class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}). For methods in categories, the name of
5927the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5928@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5929
5930These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5931the method's selector is not present in the name. Therefore, particular
5932systems define other ways of computing names.
5933
5934@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5935buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5936@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
593750 characters extra.
5938
5939The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5940method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5941@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5942in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5943
5944On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5945macro to provide more human-readable names.
5946@end defmac
5947
5948@node Initialization
5949@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5950@cindex initialization routines
5951@cindex termination routines
5952@cindex constructors, output of
5953@cindex destructors, output of
5954
5955The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5956(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5957data in the program when the program is started. These functions need
5958to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5959@code{main} is called.
5960
5961Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5962@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5963terminates.
5964
5965To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5966must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5967be called at the appropriate time. When you port the compiler to a new
5968system, you need to specify how to do this.
5969
5970There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5971initialization and termination functions. Each way has two variants.
5972Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5973
5974@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5975@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5976The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5977initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5978termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5979
5980Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59810, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5982the environment). This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5983pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5984pointer containing zero.
5985
5986Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5987@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5988time and exit time. Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5989list; destructors in forward order.
5990
5991The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5992formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections. A section is set
5993aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5994Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}. Each
5995object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5996the constructor section to point to that function. The linker
5997accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5998Termination functions are handled similarly.
5999
6000This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
6001@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined. A target that does not
6002support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
6003constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
6004and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
6005
6006When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
6007upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called. On systems that
6008support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
6009parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section. The
6010program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
6011
6012@smallexample
6013ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
6014@end smallexample
6015
6016The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
6017section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}. Likewise
6018for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section. Normally these
6019files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
6020are provided by GCC for a few targets.
6021
6022The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
6023compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}. They contain, among other things, code
6024fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
6025to routines in the @code{.text} section. The linker will pull all parts
6026of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
6027that invokes the routines we need at startup.
6028
6029To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
6030macro properly.
6031
6032If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
6033@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
6034entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
6035it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
6036after the function prologue. The @code{__main} function is defined
6037in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
6038
6039In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
6040two variants. In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
6041and an `a.out' format must be used. In this case,
6042@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
6043entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
6044and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
6045code as its value. The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
6046the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
6047placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
6048a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
6049@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly. Since no init
6050section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
6051the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
6052the initialization process.
6053
6054The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
6055This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
6056file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@. In
6057this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
6058termination functions are recognized simply by their names. This requires
6059an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}. This program
6060pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6061the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6062initialization and termination functions. These functions are called
6063via @code{__main} as described above. In order to use this method,
6064@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6065
6066@ifinfo
6067The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6068customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6069@end ifinfo
6070
6071@node Macros for Initialization
6072@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6073
6074Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6075and termination functions:
6076
6077@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6078If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6079operation to identify the following data as initialization code. If not
6080defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist. When you are
6081using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6082macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6083run the initialization functions.
6084@end defmac
6085
6086@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6087If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6088This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6089on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6090be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6091@end defmac
6092
6093@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6094If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6095the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6096@end defmac
6097
6098@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6099If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6100the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6101@end defmac
6102
6103@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6104If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6105automatically called when a shared library is loaded. The function
6106should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6107the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6108function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6109
6110This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6111shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6112exception tables embedded in the code.
6113@end defmac
6114
6115@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6116If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6117automatically called when a shared library is unloaded. The function
6118should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments. If not defined, and
6119the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6120function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6121@end defmac
6122
6123@defmac INVOKE__main
6124If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6125@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}. This macro should be defined for systems
6126where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6127useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6128@end defmac
6129
6130@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6131If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6132compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6133of objects. If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6134encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6135@end defmac
6136
6137@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
6138
6139@hook TARGET_DTORS_FROM_CXA_ATEXIT
6140
6141@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
6142
6143@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
6144
6145If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6146generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6147
6148If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6149constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6150an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6151
6152On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6153@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6154
6155@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6156Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6157object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6158object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6159
6160This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6161part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6162@end defmac
6163
6164@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6165Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6166to execute @command{nm}. The default is to search the path normally for
6167@command{nm}.
6168@end defmac
6169
6170@defmac NM_FLAGS
6171@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6172constructors and destructors and LTO info. By default, @option{-n} is
6173passed. Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
6174are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
6175produces.
6176@end defmac
6177
6178If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6179dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6180these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6181termination functions in shared libraries:
6182
6183@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6184Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
6185which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
6186@end defmac
6187
6188@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6189Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6190of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. @var{ptr} is a variable
6191of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6192from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}. If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6193code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6194line. Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6195@end defmac
6196
6197@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6198Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6199library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}). @command{collect2}
6200strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6201constructor and destructor names. This define is only needed on targets
6202that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6203@end defmac
6204
6205@node Instruction Output
6206@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6207
6208@c prevent bad page break with this line
6209This describes assembler instruction output.
6210
6211@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6212A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6213registers, each one as a C string constant. This is what translates
6214register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6215@end defmac
6216
6217@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6218If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6219and a register number. This macro defines additional names for hard
6220registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6221to registers using alternate names.
6222@end defmac
6223
6224@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6225If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6226name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6227machine registers the name overlaps. This macro defines additional
6228names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6229declarations to refer to registers using alternate names. Unlike
6230@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6231register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6232
6233This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6234@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6235register name. For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6236VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6237``s0'' and ``s1''.
6238@end defmac
6239
6240@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6241Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6242requires different names for the machine instructions.
6243
6244The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6245assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}. The
6246macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6247points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6248written in the machine description. The definition should output the
6249opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6250increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6251so that it will not be output twice.
6252
6253In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6254name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6255that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6256care of the substitution yourself. Just be sure to increment
6257@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6258
6259@findex recog_data.operand
6260If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6261elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6262
6263If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6264in the usual way.
6265@end defmac
6266
6267@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6268If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6269assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6270they will be output differently.
6271
6272Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6273extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6274elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6275The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6276template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6277by changing the contents of the vector.
6278
6279This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6280file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6281can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6282as with rearranged operands). Naturally, variations in assembler
6283syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6284writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6285
6286If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6287@end defmac
6288
6289@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
6290
6291@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6292A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6293assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}. @var{x} is an
6294RTL expression.
6295
6296@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6297of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands must be
6298printed differently depending on the context. @var{code} comes from
6299the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6300operand. If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6301@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6302@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6303
6304@findex reg_names
6305If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6306The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6307@code{char *[]}. @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6308@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6309
6310When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6311(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6312with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6313@var{code}.
6314@end defmac
6315
6316@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6317A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6318punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. If
6319@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6320punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6321in this way.
6322@end defmac
6323
6324@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6325A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6326assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6327whose address is @var{x}. @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6328
6329@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6330On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6331section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the hook
6332@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6333@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. @xref{Assembler
6334Format}.
6335@end defmac
6336
6337@findex dbr_sequence_length
6338@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6339A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6340been output. If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6341determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6342currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6343or whatever.
6344
6345Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6346reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6347explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6348@end defmac
6349
6350@findex final_sequence
6351Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6352prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6353(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6354found.) The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6355processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6356being output.
6357
6358@findex asm_fprintf
6359@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6360@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6361@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6362@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6363If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6364@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6365@file{final.cc}). These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6366support multiple assembler formats. In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6367files can define these macros differently.
6368@end defmac
6369
6370@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6371If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6372statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6373the @code{asm_fprintf} function. This allows targets to define extra
6374printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6375statements. Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6376generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6377specific code. The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6378The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6379string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6380upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6381@end defmac
6382
6383@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6384If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6385different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6386numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6387first variant.
6388
6389If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6390@smallexample
6391@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6392@end smallexample
6393@noindent
6394in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6395first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}. This construct outputs
6396@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6397@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc. Any special characters
6398within these strings retain their usual meaning. If there are fewer
6399alternatives within the braces than the value of
6400@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6401to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6402@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
6403
6404If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6405@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6406operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6407
6408Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6409@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6410the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism. Define
6411@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6412if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6413opcodes or operand order.
6414@end defmac
6415
6416@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6417A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6418which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6419The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6420profiling.
6421@end defmac
6422
6423@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6424A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6425which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6426The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6427profiling.
6428@end defmac
6429
6430@node Dispatch Tables
6431@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6432
6433@c prevent bad page break with this line
6434This concerns dispatch tables.
6435
6436@cindex dispatch table
6437@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6438A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6439pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6440@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels. The
6441definitions of these labels are output using
6442@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6443way here. For example,
6444
6445@smallexample
6446fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6447 @var{value}, @var{rel})
6448@end smallexample
6449
6450You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6451dispatch table are relative to the table's own address. If defined, GCC
6452will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6453@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6454mode and flags can be read.
6455@end defmac
6456
6457@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6458This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6459in a dispatch table are absolute.
6460
6461The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6462@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6463a label. @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6464definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6465For example,
6466
6467@smallexample
6468fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6469@end smallexample
6470@end defmac
6471
6472@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6473Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6474specially. The first three arguments are the same as for
6475@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
6476jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
6477@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6478
6479This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6480for the table.
6481
6482If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6483@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6484@end defmac
6485
6486@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6487Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6488jump-table. The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6489after the assembler code for the table is written. It should write
6490the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}. The argument
6491@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6492of the preceding label.
6493
6494If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6495the jump-table.
6496@end defmac
6497
6498@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC
6499
6500@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
6501
6502@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
6503
6504@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6505
6506@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
6507
6508@hook TARGET_ASM_MAKE_EH_SYMBOL_INDIRECT
6509
6510@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6511
6512@hook TARGET_ASM_SHOULD_RESTORE_CFA_STATE
6513
6514@node Exception Region Output
6515@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6516
6517@c prevent bad page break with this line
6518
6519This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6520region.
6521
6522@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6523If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6524exception handling frame unwind information. If not defined, GCC will
6525provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6526@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6527
6528You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6529unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6530@end defmac
6531
6532@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6533If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6534specially named labels. The collect2 process will locate these
6535labels and generate code to register the frames.
6536
6537This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6538place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6539or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6540be marked as not to be collected.
6541@end defmac
6542
6543@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6544Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6545information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6546runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6547and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6548@end defmac
6549
6550@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6551An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6552that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6553@end defmac
6554
6555@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6556Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6557information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6558Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
6559@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6560GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
6561@end defmac
6562
6563@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6564This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6565by the target. If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6566should return @code{UI_TARGET}. If the target is to use the
6567@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6568should return @code{UI_SJLJ}. If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6569information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
6570
6571A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6572This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code. The
6573default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
6574
6575Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant. It should
6576not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6577@var{opts}. In particular, the
6578setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6579macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6580depending on this setting.
6581
6582The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6583@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
6584@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}. If
6585@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6586must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
6587@end deftypefn
6588
6589@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6590This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
6591tables even when exceptions are not used. It must not be modified by
6592command-line option processing.
6593@end deftypevr
6594
6595@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6596Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6597should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6598instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6599@end defmac
6600
6601@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6602This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6603defined. Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6604for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6605is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6606The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6607@end defmac
6608
6609@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6610This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6611function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6612@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}. The definition should be the negative minimum
6613alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
6614minimum alignment otherwise. @xref{DWARF}. Only applicable if
6615the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6616@end defmac
6617
6618@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
6619
6620@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
6621
6622@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6623
9e1c71ba
ML
6624@hook TARGET_OUTPUT_CFI_DIRECTIVE
6625
6626@hook TARGET_DW_CFI_OPRND1_DESC
6627
d77de738
ML
6628@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
6629
6630@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
6631
6632@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
6633
6634@node Alignment Output
6635@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6636
6637@c prevent bad page break with this line
6638This describes commands for alignment.
6639
6640@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6641The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6642a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6643
6644This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6645to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6646define the macro.
6647
6648Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6649to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6650@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6651selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6652@end defmac
6653
6654@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6655The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6656a @code{BARRIER}.
6657
6658This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6659to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6660define the macro.
6661@end defmac
6662
6663@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6664The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6665a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
6666
6667This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6668to be done at such a time. Most machine descriptions do not currently
6669define the macro.
6670
6671Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6672to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6673@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6674selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6675@end defmac
6676
6677@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6678The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6679If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6680the maximum of the specified values is used.
6681
6682Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6683to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6684@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}. Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6685selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6686@end defmac
6687
6688@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6689A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6690instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6691Those bytes should be zero when loaded. @var{nbytes} will be a C
6692expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6693@end defmac
6694
6695@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6696Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6697text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6698This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6699produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6700section.
6701@end defmac
6702
6703@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6704A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6705command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6706@var{power} bytes. @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6707@end defmac
6708
6709@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6710Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6711for padding, if necessary.
6712@end defmac
6713
6714@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6715A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6716command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6717@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6718satisfy the alignment request. @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6719a C expression of type @code{int}.
6720@end defmac
6721
6722@need 3000
6723@node Debugging Info
6724@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6725
6726@c prevent bad page break with this line
6727This describes how to specify debugging information.
6728
6729@menu
6730* All Debuggers:: Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6731* DWARF:: Macros for DWARF format.
6732* VMS Debug:: Macros for VMS debug format.
6733* CTF Debug:: Macros for CTF debug format.
6734* BTF Debug:: Macros for BTF debug format.
6735@end menu
6736
6737@node All Debuggers
6738@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6739
6740@c prevent bad page break with this line
6741These macros affect all debugging formats.
6742
6743@defmac DEBUGGER_REGNO (@var{regno})
6744A C expression that returns the debugger register number for the compiler
6745register number @var{regno}. In the default macro provided, the value
6746of this expression will be @var{regno} itself. But sometimes there are
6747some registers that the compiler knows about and debugger does not, or vice
6748versa. In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6749compiler and another for debugger@.
6750
6751If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6752used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6753consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DEBUGGER_REGNO}.
6754Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6755expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6756
6757If you find yourself defining @code{DEBUGGER_REGNO} in way that
6758does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6759redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6760@end defmac
6761
6762@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6763A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6764variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The default
6765computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6766gives the offset from the frame-pointer. This is required for targets
6767that produce debugging output for debugger and allow the frame-pointer to be
6768eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
6769@end defmac
6770
6771@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6772A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6773having address @var{x} (an RTL expression). The nominal offset is
6774@var{offset}.
6775@end defmac
6776
6777@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6778A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6779produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}. Define
6780this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6781debugging output. Currently, the allowable values are
6782@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6783and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6784
6785When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6786value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6787exceptions. If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6788value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6789
6790The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6791user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gdwarf-2},
6792or @option{-gvms}.
6793@end defmac
6794
6795@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6796Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6797GDB's extended version of debugging information. If you don't define the
6798macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6799if there is any occasion to.
6800@end defmac
6801
6802@need 2000
6803@node DWARF
6804@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
6805
6806@c prevent bad page break with this line
6807Here are macros for DWARF output.
6808
6809@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6810Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6811debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6812
6813To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6814define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6815@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6816prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6817as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6818@end defmac
6819
6820@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
6821
6822@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6823Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
6824Dwarf 2 frame information. If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6825(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6826exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6827how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
6828@end defmac
6829
6830@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
6831
6832@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6833Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6834line debug info sections. This will result in much more compact line number
6835tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6836@end defmac
6837
6838@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6839Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
6840assignment and verification in @code{.loc}. If it does not, but the
6841user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
6842internal line number tables.
6843@end defmac
6844
6845@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
6846
6847@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6848
6849@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
6850
6851@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
6852
6853@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
6854
6855@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6856A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6857@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6858@end defmac
6859
6860@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
6861A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
6862between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction
6863slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
6864@end defmac
6865
6866@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
6867A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
6868section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
6869an integer of the given @var{size}. The label is known to be defined in the
6870given @var{section}.
6871@end defmac
6872
6873@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6874A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
6875reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6876@end defmac
6877
6878@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
6879A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
6880given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
6881@end defmac
6882
6883@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
6884A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
6885the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section. This
6886is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
6887is referenced by a function.
6888@end defmac
6889
6890@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
6891
6892@need 2000
6893@node VMS Debug
6894@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
6895
6896@c prevent bad page break with this line
6897Here are macros for VMS debug format.
6898
6899@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6900Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
6901in response to the @option{-g} option. The default behavior for VMS
6902is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
6903@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}. This
6904behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
6905@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
6906@end defmac
6907
6908@need 2000
6909@node CTF Debug
6910@subsection Macros for CTF Debug Format
6911
6912@c prevent bad page break with this line
6913Here are macros for CTF debug format.
6914
6915@defmac CTF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6916Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output in CTF debug
6917format in response to the @option{-gctf} option.
6918@end defmac
6919
6920@need 2000
6921@node BTF Debug
6922@subsection Macros for BTF Debug Format
6923
6924@c prevent bad page break with this line
6925Here are macros for BTF debug format.
6926
6927@defmac BTF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6928Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output in BTF debug
6929format in response to the @option{-gbtf} option.
6930@end defmac
6931
6932@node Floating Point
6933@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
6934@cindex cross compilation and floating point
6935@cindex floating point and cross compilation
6936
6937While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
6938there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers. This
6939means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
6940in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
6941doing the compilation.
6942
6943Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
6944range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
6945the target machine's format. Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
6946safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
6947the target's arithmetic. To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
6948emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
6949target floating point formats are identical.
6950
6951The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
6952use. All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
6953floating-point calculations must use these macros. They may evaluate
6954their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
6955
6956@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
6957The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
6958machine's format. Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
6959array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
6960quantity.
6961@end defmac
6962
6963@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6964Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
6965@end deftypefn
6966
6967@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6968Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero. If
6969@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
6970@end deftypefn
6971
6972@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
6973Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
6974representation for mode @var{mode}. This routine can handle both
6975decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
6976defined by the C language for both.
6977@end deftypefn
6978
6979@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6980Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
6981@end deftypefn
6982
6983@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6984Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
6985@end deftypefn
6986
6987@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6988Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
6989@end deftypefn
6990
6991@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6992Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
6993@end deftypefn
6994
6995@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
6996Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
6997@end deftypefn
6998
6999@node Mode Switching
7000@section Mode Switching Instructions
7001@cindex mode switching
7002The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7003
7004@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7005Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
8479a375 7006switching.
d77de738
ML
7007
7008For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7009floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7010the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7011operation, this bit has to be set. Changing the PR bit requires a general
7012purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7013be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
7014or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7015
8479a375
RS
7016You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, some of which might
7017only be needed conditionally. The entities are identified by their index
7018into the @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING} initializer, with the length
7019of the initializer determining the number of entities.
7020
7021@code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should return nonzero for any @var{entity}
7022that needs mode-switching.
7023
d77de738
ML
7024If you define this macro, you also have to define
7025@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7026@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
8479a375 7027The other macros in this section are optional.
d77de738
ML
7028@end defmac
7029
7030@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7031If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7032initializer for an array of integers. Each initializer element
7033N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
8479a375
RS
7034of different modes that are defined for that entity.
7035The position of the element in the initializer---starting counting at
d77de738
ML
7036zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7037entity in question.
8479a375
RS
7038Modes are represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1.
7039In mode arguments and return values, N either represents an unknown
7040mode or ``no mode'', depending on context.
d77de738
ML
7041@end defmac
7042
7043@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
7044
7045@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
7046
7047@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
7048
493b0038
RS
7049@hook TARGET_MODE_CONFLUENCE
7050
fc8458e2
RS
7051@hook TARGET_MODE_BACKPROP
7052
d77de738
ML
7053@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
7054
7055@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
7056
4b803fbf
RS
7057@hook TARGET_MODE_EH_HANDLER
7058
d77de738
ML
7059@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
7060
7061@node Target Attributes
7062@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7063@cindex target attributes
7064@cindex machine attributes
7065@cindex attributes, target-specific
7066
7067Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7068These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7069be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7070
7071@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
7072
7073@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
7074
7075@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7076
7077@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7078
7079@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7080
7081@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
7082
7083@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7084
7085@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7086Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7087@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}. By
7088default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7089@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. The current implementation
7090of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7091on this implementation detail.
7092@end defmac
7093
7094@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
7095
7096@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE
7097
7098@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
7099
7100@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
7101
79891c4c
AC
7102@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_VERSION_ATTRIBUTE_P
7103
d77de738
ML
7104@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
7105
7106@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
7107
7108@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7109
7110@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
7111
7112@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
7113
7114@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
7115
7116@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
7117
7118@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
7119
7120@hook TARGET_UPDATE_IPA_FN_TARGET_INFO
7121
7122@hook TARGET_NEED_IPA_FN_TARGET_INFO
7123
7124@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7125
7126@node Emulated TLS
7127@section Emulating TLS
7128@cindex Emulated TLS
7129
7130For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7131specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7132used. A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7133configured for the requirements of a particular target. For instance
7134the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7135layer.
7136
7137The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7138object. To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7139which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7140address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7141
7142@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
7143
7144@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
7145
7146@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
7147
7148@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
7149
7150@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
7151
7152@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
7153
7154@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
7155
7156@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
7157
7158@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
7159
7160@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
7161
7162@node MIPS Coprocessors
7163@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7164@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7165
7166The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7167coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers. GCC supports
7168accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7169and memory using asm-ized variables. For example:
7170
7171@smallexample
7172 register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7173 unsigned int d;
7174
7175 d = cp0count + 3;
7176@end smallexample
7177
7178(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7179names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7180overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7181
7182Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7183be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7184later in the function.
7185
7186Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7187the FPU@. One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7188floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7189
7190@node PCH Target
7191@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7192@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7193
7194@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
7195
7196@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
7197
7198@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
7199
7200@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7201
7202@node C++ ABI
7203@section C++ ABI parameters
7204@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7205
7206@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
7207
7208@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
7209
7210@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
7211
7212@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
7213
7214@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
7215
7216@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
7217
7218@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
7219
7220@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7221
7222@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7223
7224@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
7225
7226@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
7227
7228@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
7229
e5d8fd9c
JJ
7230@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CDTOR_CALLABI_FNTYPE
7231
d77de738
ML
7232@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7233
7234@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7235
7236@node D Language and ABI
7237@section D ABI parameters
7238@cindex parameters, d abi
7239
7240@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS
7241
7242@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS
7243
7244@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_CPU_TARGET_INFO
7245
7246@hook TARGET_D_REGISTER_OS_TARGET_INFO
7247
7248@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION
7249
7250@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION_START
7251
7252@hook TARGET_D_MINFO_SECTION_END
7253
7254@hook TARGET_D_HAS_STDCALL_CONVENTION
7255
7256@hook TARGET_D_TEMPLATES_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7257
a7ea90e4
IB
7258@node Rust Language and ABI
7259@section Rust ABI parameters
7260@cindex parameters, rust abi
7261
7262@hook TARGET_RUST_CPU_INFO
7263
335da4e9
IB
7264@hook TARGET_RUST_OS_INFO
7265
d77de738
ML
7266@node Named Address Spaces
7267@section Adding support for named address spaces
7268@cindex named address spaces
7269
7270The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7271standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7272support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7273processors to specify alternate address spaces. You can configure a
7274GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7275address spaces other than the default address space. These address
7276spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7277@code{const} type attributes.
7278
7279Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7280pointers to the generic address space.
7281
7282For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7283to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7284processor. Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7285issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7286local processor memory address space. Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7287address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7288@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7289always 32 bits).
7290
7291Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7292range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7293address space.
7294
7295To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7296the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine. For example,
7297the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7298named address space #1:
7299@smallexample
7300#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7301c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7302@end smallexample
7303
7304@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
7305
7306@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
7307
7308@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
7309
7310@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
7311
7312@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
7313
7314@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
7315
7316@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7317
7318@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
7319
7320@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7321
7322@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7323
7324@node Misc
7325@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7326@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7327
7328@c prevent bad page break with this line
7329Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7330
7331@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7332Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7333has conditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7334conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7335blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7336set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7337to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7338@end defmac
7339
7340@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7341Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7342has unconditional branches that can span all of memory. It is used in
7343conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7344blocks into separate sections of the executable. If this macro is
7345set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7346to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7347@end defmac
7348
7349@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7350An alias for a machine mode name. This is the machine mode that
7351elements of a jump-table should have.
7352@end defmac
7353
7354@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7355Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7356when the minimum and maximum offset are known. If you define this,
7357it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7358To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7359make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7360The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7361flags can be updated.
7362@end defmac
7363
7364@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7365Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7366should contain relative addresses. You need not define this macro if
7367jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7368contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7369is in effect.
7370@end defmac
7371
7372@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
7373
7374@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7375Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
7376smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register. To be
7377more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7378known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7379the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7380result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7381to 1. Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7382@end defmac
7383
7384@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7385
7386@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7387Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7388memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7389bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7390zero-extension of the data read. Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7391of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7392insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7393@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7394
7395This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7396greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7397value in this case. Do not define this macro if it would always return
7398@code{UNKNOWN}. On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7399define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7400
7401You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7402the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7403of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
7404when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7405integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7406
7407You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7408mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7409@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7410is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7411@end defmac
7412
7413@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7414Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7415extends.
7416@end defmac
7417
7418@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
7419
7420@defmac MOVE_MAX
7421The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7422between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7423@end defmac
7424
7425@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7426The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7427between memory and registers or between two memory locations. If this
7428is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}. Otherwise, it is the
7429constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7430at run-time.
7431@end defmac
7432
7433@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7434A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7435actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7436of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted. When
7437this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7438a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7439truncates the count of a shift operation. On machines that have
7440instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7441include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7442also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7443arguments to bit-field instructions.
7444
7445If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7446position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7447instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7448
7449However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7450only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7451bit-field operations. Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7452such machines. Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7453the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7454
7455You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7456@end defmac
7457
7458@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7459@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
7460
7461@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
7462
7463@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
7464
7465@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P
7466
7467@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7468A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7469with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7470(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true. This description must
7471apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7472comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7473
7474A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7475comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7476and 0 when the comparison is false. Otherwise, the value indicates
7477which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7478true. This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7479operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7480@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern. Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7481@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on. Presently, only those bits are used by
7482the compiler.
7483
7484If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7485generate code that depends only on the specified bits. It can also
7486replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7487the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7488For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7489@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7490@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7491expression
7492
7493@smallexample
7494(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7495@end smallexample
7496
7497@noindent
7498can be converted to
7499
7500@smallexample
7501(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7502@end smallexample
7503
7504@noindent
7505where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7506tested into the sign bit.
7507
7508There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7509for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7510but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction. If you
7511are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7512perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7513comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7514
7515Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7516from a comparison (or the condition codes). Here are rules to guide the
7517choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7518to be used:
7519
7520@itemize @bullet
7521@item
7522Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7523@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}. It is more efficient for the compiler to
7524``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7525comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7526combine the normalization with other operations.
7527
7528@item
7529For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7530slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7531other machines.
7532
7533@item
7534As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7535exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7536others.
7537
7538@item
7539Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7540@end itemize
7541
7542Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7543@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7544instructions. On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7545those cases, e.g., one matching
7546
7547@smallexample
7548(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7549@end smallexample
7550
7551Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7552condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7553@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}. On those
7554machines, define the appropriate patterns. Use the names @code{incscc}
7555and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7556@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values. See
7557@file{rs6000.md} for some examples. The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
7558find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7559
7560If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used. You need
7561not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7562instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7563@end defmac
7564
7565@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7566A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7567returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7568Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7569floating-point values. If there are no such operations, do not define
7570this macro.
7571@end defmac
7572
7573@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7574A C expression that gives an rtx representing the nonzero true element
7575for vector comparisons. The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7576mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode. Define
7577this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7578return a vector result. If there are no such operations, do not define
7579this macro. Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7580@code{constm1_rtx}. This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7581the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7582given mode.
7583@end defmac
7584
7585@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7586@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7587A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
7588for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
7589A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7590If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7591evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7592entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
7593the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
7594In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
7595this value.
7596
7597If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7598@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7599
7600This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7601relies on a particular value to get correct results. Otherwise it
7602is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7603to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7604
7605Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7606and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7607visible to the user. Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7608to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7609breaking the API@.
7610@end defmac
7611
7612@defmac Pmode
7613An alias for the machine mode for pointers. On most machines, define
7614this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7615pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7616On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7617modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7618
7619The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7620@code{POINTER_SIZE}. If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7621@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7622to @code{Pmode}.
7623@end defmac
7624
7625@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7626An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7627being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions. On most CISC machines,
7628where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
7629@code{QImode}. On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7630size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7631as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7632@end defmac
7633
7634@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7635In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7636constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@. On some
7637hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7638where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7639strict conformance to the C Standard.
7640
7641Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7642convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7643files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7644@end defmac
7645
7646@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7647
7648@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7649
7650@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7651Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@.
7652This macro handles system header files by pretending that system
7653header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7654@end defmac
7655
7656@findex #pragma
7657@findex pragma
7658@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7659Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7660If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7661@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7662for each pragma. The macro may also do any
7663setup required for the pragmas.
7664
7665The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7666other compilers for the same target. In general, we discourage
7667definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7668
7669If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7670defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7671
7672Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded. All
7673@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7674silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7675@end defmac
7676
7677@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7678@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7679
7680Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7681@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma. The
7682@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7683pragma of the form
7684
7685@smallexample
7686#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7687@end smallexample
7688
7689@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7690@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace. The callback
7691routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7692on to cpplib's functions if necessary. You can lex tokens after the
7693@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}. Tokens that are not read by the
7694callback will be silently ignored. The end of the line is indicated by
7695a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}. Macro expansion occurs on the
7696arguments of pragmas registered with
7697@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7698pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7699
7700Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7701compilers. It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7702other language compilers for that matter. Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7703to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7704building the C and C++ compilers. This can be done by defining the
7705variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7706target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file. These variables should name
7707the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7708code that uses @code{pragma_lex}. Note it will also be necessary to add a
7709rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7710how to build this object file.
7711@end deftypefun
7712
7713@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
7714Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
7715arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7716@end defmac
7717
7718@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7719If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7720the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7721This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7722@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7723@end defmac
7724
7725@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7726Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7727identifier names for the C family of languages. 0 means @samp{$} is
7728not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed. 1 is the default;
7729there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7730@end defmac
7731
7732@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7733Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7734delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7735even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7736@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7737every @code{call_insn} has this behavior. On machines where some @code{insn}
7738or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7739you should define this macro.
7740
7741You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7742@end defmac
7743
7744@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7745Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7746delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7747even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7748@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}. On machines where
7749some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7750are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7751define this macro. Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7752instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7753slot of @var{insn}.
7754
7755You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7756@end defmac
7757
7758@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7759Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7760global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7761symbols in another translation unit without user intervention. For
7762instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7763from shared libraries (DLLs).
7764
7765You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7766@end defmac
7767
7768@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
7769
7770@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7771Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
7772in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7773@samp{""} if the target does not have a
7774separate math library.
7775
7776You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
7777@end defmac
7778
7779@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7780Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7781specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7782
7783You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7784is wrong.
7785@end defmac
7786
7787@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7788Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7789functions, access, mkdir and file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7790Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7791to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7792if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7793for cross-profiling.
7794@end defmac
7795
7796@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7797
7798A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7799conditional execution instructions instead of a branch. A value of
7800@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default.
7801@end defmac
7802
7803@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7804Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7805conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7806@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7807contains information about the currently processed blocks. @var{true_expr}
7808and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7809then-block and the else-block, respectively. Set either @var{true_expr} or
7810@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7811@end defmac
7812
7813@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7814Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7815if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7816@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7817being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7818@end defmac
7819
7820@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7821A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7822be converted to conditional execution format. @var{ce_info} points to
7823a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7824about the currently processed blocks.
7825@end defmac
7826
7827@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7828A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7829converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7830can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7831to by @var{ce_info}.
7832@end defmac
7833
7834@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7835A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7836converting code to conditional execution. The involved basic blocks
7837can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7838to by @var{ce_info}.
7839@end defmac
7840
7841@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7842A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7843of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7844to by @var{ce_info}.
7845@end defmac
7846
e9d2ae6b
RS
7847@hook TARGET_USE_LATE_PROLOGUE_EPILOGUE
7848
2e0aefa7
RS
7849@hook TARGET_EMIT_EPILOGUE_FOR_SIBCALL
7850
d77de738
ML
7851@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
7852
7853@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
7854
7855@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
7856
7857@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7858
7859@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
7860
7861@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL
7862
7863@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
7864
7865@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7866
7867@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
7868
7869@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
7870
7871@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
7872
7873@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P
7874
7875@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P
7876
7877@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC
7878
7879@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS
7880
7881@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7882
7883@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7884
7885@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_DOLOOP_MODE
7886
7887@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7888
7889@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7890
7891@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
7892
7893@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7894
7895@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
7896
7897@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
7898
7899@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7900Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
7901files on your target machine. If you do not define this macro, GCC will
7902use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
7903@end defmac
7904
7905@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
7906Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
7907automatically added to executable files on your target machine. If you
7908do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
7909executable files.
7910@end defmac
7911
7912@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
7913If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
7914specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
7915Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
7916object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
7917lists.
7918@end defmac
7919
7920@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
7921
7922@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
7923
7924@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
7925
7926@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
7927
83a76576
HW
7928@hook TARGET_HAVE_CCMP
7929
d77de738
ML
7930@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
7931
7932@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
7933If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
7934that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
7935that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
7936constant inline. When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
7937more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
7938system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
7939The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
7940@end defmac
7941
7942@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
7943This target hook should register any extra include files for the
7944target. The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
7945are present. The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
7946The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
7947@end deftypefn
7948
7949@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
7950This target hook should register any extra include files for the
7951target before any standard headers. The parameter @var{stdinc}
7952indicates if normal include files are present. The parameter
7953@var{sysroot} is the system root directory. The parameter
7954@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
7955@end deftypefn
7956
7957@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
7958This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
7959The parameter @var{path} is the include to register. On Darwin
7960systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
7961that are different from @option{-I}.
7962@end deftypefn
7963
7964@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
7965This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
7966for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
7967@code{false} otherwise. By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
7968functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
7969@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
7970@end defmac
7971
7972@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
7973If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
7974target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
7975option. The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
7976@end defmac
7977
7978@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
7979If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
7980@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
7981@end defmac
7982
7983@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
7984If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
7985target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
7986default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
7987@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} and @code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT}
7988must be defined, too.
7989@end defmac
7990
7991@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
7992If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
7993@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
7994@end defmac
7995
7996@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
7997If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
7998routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
7999and scanf formatter settings.
8000@end defmac
8001
8002@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
8003
8004@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
8005
8006@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
8007
8008@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
8009
8010@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
8011
8012@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
8013
8014@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT
8015
8016@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8017This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8018NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8019@end defmac
8020
8021@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8022Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
8023to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
8024call stack unwinding. It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8025and the associated definitions of those functions.
8026@end defmac
8027
8028@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
8029
8030@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
8031
8032@hook TARGET_ZERO_CALL_USED_REGS
8033
8034@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
8035
8036@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
8037
8038@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8039
8040@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
8041
8042@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
8043
8044@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
8045
8046@hook TARGET_IFUNC_REF_LOCAL_OK
8047
8048@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8049
8050@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
8051
8052@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8053
8054@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8055
8056@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8057
8058On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8059objects. Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8060to indicate that large integers are stored in
8061@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects. The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8062very large integer constants to be represented. @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8063is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8064representation.
8065
8066Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8067@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8068code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. @samp{"grep -i
8069const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8070need to be made. There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8071
8072@itemize @bullet
8073@item
8074There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8075@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s. This would be difficult to express in the md
8076language since there are a variable number of elements.
8077
8078Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8079value is small. As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8080since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}. Of course there
8081are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8082instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8083However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8084code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8085not really a large change.
8086
8087@item
8088Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8089constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8090port in this code.
8091
8092@item
8093The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8094constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8095@end itemize
8096
8097All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8098maintainer is familiar with.
8099
8100@end defmac
8101
8102@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8103
8104@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8105
8106@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
8107
8108@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_CAN_TAG_ADDRESSES
8109
8110@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_TAG_SIZE
8111
8112@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_GRANULE_SIZE
8113
8114@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_INSERT_RANDOM_TAG
8115
8116@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_ADD_TAG
8117
8118@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_SET_TAG
8119
8120@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_EXTRACT_TAG
8121
8122@hook TARGET_MEMTAG_UNTAGGED_POINTER
8123
d77de738 8124@hook TARGET_HAVE_SHADOW_CALL_STACK
3ef8882a
SH
8125
8126@hook TARGET_HAVE_LIBATOMIC